Thrane and Thrane A S AERO-HSU Aeronautical Satellite Telephone User Manual 98 113625 d

Thrane & Thrane A/S Aeronautical Satellite Telephone 98 113625 d

users manual

Download: Thrane and Thrane A S AERO-HSU Aeronautical Satellite Telephone User Manual 98 113625 d
Mirror Download [FCC.gov]Thrane and Thrane A S AERO-HSU Aeronautical Satellite Telephone User Manual 98 113625 d
Document ID507698
Application IDNAIqWFmA71RemAyIY48hlA==
Document Descriptionusers manual
Short Term ConfidentialNo
Permanent ConfidentialNo
SupercedeNo
Document TypeUser Manual
Display FormatAdobe Acrobat PDF - pdf
Filesize301.72kB (3771443 bits)
Date Submitted2005-01-20 00:00:00
Date Available2005-02-08 00:00:00
Creation Date2004-09-03 09:15:35
Producing SoftwareAcrobat Distiller 6.0.1 (Windows)
Document Lastmod2004-09-06 09:03:12
Document Title98-113625-d.book
Document CreatorFrameMaker 7.1
Document Author: CC

Thrane & Thrane A/S
Aero-HSD
Installation and Maintenance Manual
Document number: TT98-113625-D
Release date: September 3, 2004
Information in this document is subject to change without notice and does not represent a
commitment on the part of Thrane & Thrane A/S.
Copyright
© 2004 Thrane & Thrane A/S. All rights reserved. Printed in Denmark.
Trademark Acknowledgements
Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other
countries.
MagnaStar is a registered trademark of Raytheon Company.
Inmarsat is a registered trademark of the International Maritime Satellite Organization
(IMSO) and is licensed by IMSO to Inmarsat Limited and Inmarsat Ventures plc.
Other product and company names mentioned in this manual may be trademarks or trade
names of their respective owners.
Company Addresses
ii
Denmark
USA
Thrane & Thrane A/S
Lundtoftegårdsvej 93 D
DK-2800 Lyngby
Denmark
Thrane & Thrane, Inc.
509 Viking Drive, Suites K, L and M
Virginia Beach, VA 23452
USA
Tel.: +45 39 55 88 00
Fax: +45 39 55 88 88
www.tt.dk
Tel.: +1 757 463-9557
Fax: +1 757 463-9581
www.tt.dk/us
TT98-113625-D
Record of Revisions
Rev.
Description
Release Date
Initials
Original document
23 May 2003
RP
Change of naming:
30 September 2003
HOC
17 December 2003
RP
TT-5000H changed to Aero-HSD+ and
Configuration Data Module changed to
Configuration Module
Ethernet connector pin naming, SDU and HPA
Power supply requirements, RF Cables requirements
and editorial changes.
Chapters rearranged + new layout.
CC
Introduction chapter:
Added list of external units to which the
Aero-HSD+ system can interface.
Equipment Drawings chapter:
HSU outline drawing, HSU tray drawing and
HSU tray connector drawing added.
Connectors and Pin-out:
Changed HPA connector drawing (key holes).
Changed pin-out for SDU rear receptacle.
Added pin-out for HSU.
Added “Mating connectors in aircraft”.
Installation chapter:
Added sections with Mounting Considerations
and Cable requirements.
Added section with recommended cables.
ARINC 429 interfaces wiring drawing has been
split into three: AHRS/IRS, ACARS/CMU and
CPDF.
MCDU/FMS wiring drawing added.
Wiring of MPDS, ISDN and Ethernet corrected.
MagnaStar wiring corrected + added #3 interface
as alternative.
WH-10 wiring drawing corrected (only three
handsets connected).
TT98-113625-D
iii
D
(continued)
Installation chapter (continued):
CC
Sigma7 and 2.4GHz Cordless wiring added.
Dual Side Panel wiring added.
HSU wiring added.
ARINC 429 data format added
Commissioning section added.
Configuration chapter enhanced.
Check Procedures chapter added.
Service and maintenance chapter added
Equipment Specifications:
Max temperature for HPA and DLNA changed to
70 ºC.
Specs for Rx Splitter and Tx Coupler added.
Dimensions and Mounting added for all units.
System Messages appendix added.
Lists of Cause codes and BITE codes updated.
Cause codes for MPDS and ISDN added.
DO-160 forms corrected.
AT Profiles appendix added.
DO-160C/D Specifications appendix:
DO-160 forms added for handsets.
All DO-160 forms corrected.
“Using Commands” appendix added.
iv
TT98-113625-D
Table of Contents
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
About This Manual
1.1
Purpose ......................................................................................... 1-1
1.2
Organization .................................................................................. 1-1
1.3
Related Documentation .................................................................. 1-2
1.4
Precautions .................................................................................... 1-2
Introduction to Aero-HSD+
2.1 General Description ....................................................................... 2-1
2.1.1 The Aero-HSD+ System ............................................................. 2-1
2.1.2 Standard Features ........................................................................ 2-3
2.2
2.2.1
2.2.2
2.2.3
Application ..................................................................................... 2-4
Minimum System ........................................................................ 2-4
Part Numbers .............................................................................. 2-5
Applicable External Units ........................................................... 2-8
2.3
2.3.1
2.3.2
2.3.3
2.3.4
2.3.5
2.3.6
System Block Diagrams ................................................................. 2-9
Overview ..................................................................................... 2-9
HGA-7000 High Gain Antenna .................................................. 2-9
ARINC 741 Compatible High Gain Antenna ........................... 2-10
Dual Side Panel Antenna System (Future Use) ........................ 2-11
User Interfaces .......................................................................... 2-12
MagnaStar® System ................................................................. 2-13
2.4 Operation Overview ..................................................................... 2-14
2.4.1 Configuration ............................................................................ 2-14
2.4.2 User Interface ............................................................................ 2-14
Chapter 3
Equipment Drawings
3.1
Introduction ................................................................................... 3-1
3.2 TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit ........................................................... 3-2
3.2.1 TT-5035A-001 Configuration Module ....................................... 3-3
TT98-113625-D
3.3
TT-5014A High Power Amplifier ...................................................... 3-4
3.4
TT-5012A Diplexer Low Noise Amplifier ......................................... 3-5
Table of Contents
3.5 TT-5038A High Speed Data Unit (Optional) .....................................3-6
3.5.1 TT-5038A-002 Tx Coupler for Optional HSU ............................3-7
3.5.2 TT-5038A-003 Rx Power Splitter for Optional HSU .................3-8
3.6
TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset ...............................................................3-9
3.7
TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle ................................................................3-10
3.8
TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset .............................................................3-11
3.9
TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle ................................................................3-12
3.10 SDU and HPA Tray .......................................................................3-13
3.11 SDU Tray Connector .....................................................................3-14
3.12 HPA Tray Connector .....................................................................3-16
3.13 HSU Tray ......................................................................................3-17
3.14 HSU Tray Connector .....................................................................3-18
Chapter 4
Connectors and Pin-out
4.1
4.1.1
4.1.2
4.1.3
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit ...........................................................4-1
Connectors on SDU .....................................................................4-1
SDU Front Connector ..................................................................4-2
SDU Rear Receptacle ..................................................................4-4
4.2 TT-5014A High Power Amplifier ....................................................4-11
4.2.1 HPA Rear Receptacle ................................................................4-11
vi
4.3
4.3.1
4.3.2
4.3.3
TT-5038A HSU (Optional) ..............................................................4-13
Connectors on HSU ...................................................................4-13
HSU Front Connector ................................................................4-13
HSU Rear Receptacle ................................................................4-14
4.4
4.4.1
4.4.2
4.4.3
4.4.4
Cradle Connectors .......................................................................4-17
Connectors on 4-Wire Cradle ....................................................4-17
4-Wire Connector to SDU .........................................................4-18
Connectors on 2-Wire Cradle ....................................................4-20
2-Wire Connector to SDU .........................................................4-21
4.5
Mating Connectors in Aircraft .......................................................4-22
TT98-113625-D
Table of Contents
Chapter 5
Installation
5.1 General .......................................................................................... 5-1
5.1.1 Overview ..................................................................................... 5-1
5.1.2 Minimum System ........................................................................ 5-2
5.2 Mounting Considerations ............................................................... 5-4
5.2.1 Overview ..................................................................................... 5-4
5.2.2 SDU ............................................................................................ 5-4
5.2.3
5.2.4
5.2.5
5.2.6
5.2.7
HSU ............................................................................................ 5-4
Rx Power Splitter ........................................................................ 5-5
HPA ............................................................................................ 5-5
DLNA ......................................................................................... 5-5
Antenna ....................................................................................... 5-6
5.3 Electrical Installation and Wiring .................................................... 5-7
5.3.1 Wiring Symbols .......................................................................... 5-7
5.3.2 Wiring Power Supply .................................................................. 5-8
5.3.3 Wiring Antenna Systems .......................................................... 5-14
5.3.4 Wiring ARINC 429 Interfaces .................................................. 5-24
5.3.5 Wiring ICAO Address .............................................................. 5-29
5.3.6 Wiring MPDS RS-422, MPDS Ethernet and ISDN ................. 5-32
5.3.7 Wiring Telephone Systems ....................................................... 5-36
5.3.8 Wiring Thrane & Thrane Handset Systems .............................. 5-39
5.3.9 Wiring MagnaStar Handsets ..................................................... 5-42
5.3.10 Wiring WH-10 Handsets .......................................................... 5-45
5.3.11 Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless (4-Wire) Phone ................................. 5-48
5.3.12 Discretes for MagnaStar/WH-10 Handset Systems .................. 5-51
5.3.13 Wiring Sigma7 (2-Wire) Handsets ............................................ 5-52
5.3.14
5.3.15
5.3.16
5.3.17
5.4
5.4.1
5.4.2
5.4.3
5.4.4
5.4.5
TT98-113625-D
Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless (2-Wire) Phone ................................. 5-53
Wiring Discretes ....................................................................... 5-54
Cockpit Voice and SIM Card Reader (Future Use) .................. 5-58
Wiring Maintenance Handset, PC and Reset ............................ 5-59
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU ......................................... 5-63
Introduction to HSU .................................................................. 5-63
Wiring HSU Power Supply ....................................................... 5-63
Wiring Antenna Systems With HSU Installed ......................... 5-65
Wiring HSU to MPDS RS-232 , MPDS Ethernet and ISDN ... 5-73
Wiring HSU to Discretes and Maintenance PC Interface ......... 5-78
vii
Table of Contents
5.5
5.5.1
5.5.2
5.5.3
5.5.4
5.5.5
Recommended Cables ..................................................................5-81
Introduction ...............................................................................5-81
Power Cables, Allowed Cable Lengths .....................................5-81
Recommended RF Cables .........................................................5-84
Recommended Cables for ARINC 429 .....................................5-84
Recommended Cables for MPDS Ethernet ...............................5-85
5.6
Commissioning ............................................................................5-86
5.6.1 Inmarsat Aeronautical Service & Solution Providers ...............5-86
5.6.2 Activation ..................................................................................5-87
5.7
Chapter 6
Verifying the Installation ...............................................................5-88
Configuring the System
6.1
6.1.1
6.1.2
6.1.3
6.1.4
6.1.5
HSD+ Configuration Program .........................................................6-1
Overview .....................................................................................6-1
Installation ...................................................................................6-2
Description of HSD+CP ..............................................................6-3
Menu Overview ...........................................................................6-5
Basic Configuration .....................................................................6-6
6.2 Configuration of 3rd Party Phone Systems .....................................6-8
6.2.1 MagnaStar ...................................................................................6-8
6.2.2 Sigma7 ................................................................................................................ 6-9
6.2.3 2.4GHz Cordless .......................................................................6-10
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
Check procedures
7.1
Basic Check Flow ...........................................................................7-1
7.2
Pre-Installation Check ....................................................................7-2
7.3
Functional Test, on Ground ............................................................7-4
7.4
Interference Test ............................................................................7-5
7.5
Functional Test, Airborne ...............................................................7-6
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
8.1 Continued Airworthiness ................................................................8-1
8.1.1 General ........................................................................................8-1
8.1.2 Instructions ..................................................................................8-1
viii
TT98-113625-D
Table of Contents
8.2
Software Update ............................................................................ 8-4
8.3 Troubleshooting ............................................................................. 8-6
8.3.1 Status Signalling ......................................................................... 8-6
8.3.2 Initial Troubleshooting ............................................................. 8-11
8.4 Returning Units for Repair ........................................................... 8-15
8.4.1 Return Material Authorization (RMA) ..................................... 8-15
Appendices
Appendix A Equipment Specifications
A.1 Introduction .................................................................................. A-1
A.1.1 Total Weight of the Aero-HSD+ System ................................... A-1
A.2 Aero-HSD+ System Components ................................................... A-2
A.2.1 TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU) ........................................ A-2
A.2.2 TT-5014A High Power Amplifier (HPA) .................................. A-3
A.2.3 TT-5012A Diplexer Low Noise Amplifier (DLNA) ................. A-4
A.2.4 TT-5038A High Speed Data Unit (HSU) .................................. A-5
A.2.5 TT-5038A-002 Tx Coupler for Optional HSU .......................... A-6
A.2.6 TT-5038A-003 Rx Power Splitter for Optional HSU ................ A-7
A.3 Aero-HSD+ Handsets and Cradles ................................................. A-8
A.3.1 TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset ........................................................ A-8
A.3.2 TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle .......................................................... A-9
A.3.3 TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset ...................................................... A-10
A.3.4 TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle ......................................................... A-11
Appendix B DO-160C/D Specifications
B.1 General ......................................................................................... B-1
B.1.1 Certifying Agency ...................................................................... B-1
B.1.2 Environmental Qualification Forms .......................................... B-1
TT98-113625-D
ix
Table of Contents
B.2 Aero-HSD+ System Components ...................................................B-2
B.2.1 Satellite Data Unit ......................................................................B-2
B.2.2 Configuration Module ................................................................B-4
B.2.3 High Power Amplifier ................................................................B-5
B.2.4 Diplexer and Low Noise Amplifier ............................................B-7
B.2.5 High Speed Data Unit (Optional) ...............................................B-9
B.2.6 Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter for Optional HSU .............B-10
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and Cradles ...............................................B-12
B.3.1 4-Wire Handset and 4-Wire Cradle ..........................................B-12
B.3.2 2-Wire Handset and 2-Wire Cradle ..........................................B-14
B.3
Appendix C System Messages
C.1
Types of Messages ........................................................................C-1
C.2 Cause Codes .................................................................................C-2
C.2.1 H+ Cause Codes .........................................................................C-2
C.2.2 MPDS Cause Codes ...................................................................C-5
C.2.3 ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV) .......................................................C-9
C.3 BITE Error Codes ........................................................................C-17
C.3.1 Definition of Severity Levels ...................................................C-17
C.3.2 List of BITE Codes ..................................................................C-18
Appendix D Using Commands
Appendix E
Appendix F
D.1
Getting Started ..............................................................................D-1
D.2
Commands for Troubleshooting ....................................................D-2
AT Profiles
E.1
Frequently Used AT Commands .................................................... E-1
E.2
LES settings for AT-calls ............................................................... E-2
References
F.1
Applicable Standards .................................................................... F-1
F.2
Other References .......................................................................... F-2
Glossary
........................................................................................................ Glossary-1
Index
............................................................................................................. Index-1
TT98-113625-D
List of Figures
Chapter 1 About This Manual
Chapter 2 Introduction to Aero-HSD+
Figure 2-1:
Figure 2-2:
Figure 2-3:
Figure 2-4:
Figure 2-5:
System Configuration with Electronically Steered HGA ................................2-9
System Configuration with ARINC 741 Compatible HGA ..........................2-10
System Configuration with Dual Side Panel Antenna System (Future Use).2-11
System Configuration with Different User Interfaces ...................................2-12
System Configuration with MagnaStar System.............................................2-13
Chapter 3 Equipment Drawings
Figure 3-1:
Figure 3-2:
Figure 3-3:
Figure 3-4:
Figure 3-5:
Figure 3-6:
Figure 3-7:
Figure 3-8:
Figure 3-9:
Figure 3-10:
Figure 3-11:
Figure 3-12:
Figure 3-13:
Figure 3-14:
Figure 3-15:
Figure 3-16:
Figure 3-17:
Figure 3-18:
Outline Drawing: Satellite Data Unit...............................................................3-2
Outline Drawing: Configuration Module.........................................................3-3
Outline Drawing: High Power Amplifier ........................................................3-4
Outline Drawing: Diplexer and Low Noise Amplifier ....................................3-5
Outline Drawing: High Speed Data Unit .........................................................3-6
Outline Drawing: Tx Coupler for Optional HSU ............................................3-7
Outline Drawing: Rx Power Splitter for Optional HSU ..................................3-8
Outline Drawing: 4-Wire Handset ...................................................................3-9
Outline Drawing: 4-Wire Cradle ...................................................................3-10
Outline Drawing: 2-Wire Handset .................................................................3-11
Outline Drawing: 2-Wire Cradle ...................................................................3-12
Outline Drawing: Tray for SDU and HPA. ...................................................3-13
SDU Tray Connector: ITT Cannon DPX2NA-67322-463 ............................3-14
Contact Assembly: Quadrax Pin size 5 special: ITT Cannon 244-0011-001 3-15
HPA Tray Connector .....................................................................................3-16
Outline Drawing: Tray for HSU ....................................................................3-17
HSU Tray Connector, page 1 of 2 .................................................................3-18
HSU Tray Connector, page 2 of 2 .................................................................3-19
Chapter 4 Connectors and Pin-out
Figure 4-1:
Figure 4-2:
Figure 4-3:
Figure 4-4:
Figure 4-5:
SDU Front Connector, Face View of Engaging End. (DB15F) ......................4-2
SDU Rear Receptacle and Mating Plug in Tray, Engaging End .....................4-4
HPA Receptacle, Face View of Engaging End. Index Code is 08 ................4-11
HSU Front Connector. Face View of Engaging End.....................................4-13
HSU Rear Receptacle and Mating Plug in Tray, Engaging End. ..................4-14
TT98-113625-D
xi
List of Figures
Figure 4-6:
Figure 4-7:
Figure 4-8:
Figure 4-9:
Figure 4-10:
Figure 4-11:
4-Wire Cradle Connectors, End View of Cradle........................................... 4-17
4-Wire Cradle Connectors, Side View of Cradle .......................................... 4-17
4-Wire Cradle Connector (DB15M). View: Solder Side .............................. 4-18
2-Wire Cradle Connectors, End View of Cradle........................................... 4-20
2-Wire Cradle Connectors, Side View of Cradle .......................................... 4-20
2-Wire Cradle Connector (DB9M). View: Solder Side ................................ 4-21
Chapter 5 Installation
Figure 5-1:
Figure 5-2:
Figure 5-3:
Figure 5-4:
Figure 5-5:
Figure 5-6:
Figure 5-7:
Figure 5-8:
Figure 5-9:
Figure 5-10:
Figure 5-11:
Figure 5-12:
Figure 5-13:
Figure 5-14:
Figure 5-15:
Figure 5-16:
Figure 5-17:
Figure 5-18:
Figure 5-19:
Figure 5-20:
Figure 5-21:
Figure 5-22:
Minimum System ............................................................................................ 5-3
Mounting the Rx Power Splitter...................................................................... 5-5
Wiring SDU Power Supply ............................................................................. 5-8
Wiring HPA Power Supply ........................................................................... 5-11
Wiring HGA-7000 Antenna and TT-5012A DLNA ..................................... 5-15
Wiring AMT-50 Subsystem .......................................................................... 5-18
Wiring ARINC 741 Dual Side Panel Antenna System ................................. 5-21
Wiring AHRS/IRS......................................................................................... 5-24
Wiring ACARS/CMU ................................................................................... 5-26
Wiring CPDF................................................................................................. 5-27
Wiring MCDU/FMS...................................................................................... 5-28
Wiring ICAO................................................................................................. 5-30
Example of Wiring the Fictional ICAO Address 01234567 ......................... 5-30
Wiring MPDS RS-422, MPDS Ethernet and ISDN ...................................... 5-32
MPDS Ethernet RJ45 Connector and Cable Connection to SDU. ................ 5-34
ISDN RJ45 Connector................................................................................... 5-35
Handset Interfaces, Possible Combinations of Connected Devices. ............. 5-38
Wiring T&T Handset Systems ...................................................................... 5-39
Wiring MagnaStar Interface.......................................................................... 5-42
Wiring WH-10 Handsets ............................................................................... 5-45
Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless 4-Wire Handsets ................................................... 5-48
Wiring Sigma7 Handsets ............................................................................... 5-52
Figure 5-23:
Figure 5-24:
Figure 5-25:
Figure 5-26:
Figure 5-27:
Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless Handsets ............................................................... 5-53
Wiring Discrete Annunciators and Weight-on-Wheels................................. 5-54
Wiring Cockpit Voice and SIM Card Reader ............................................... 5-58
Wiring Maintenance PC and Reset ............................................................... 5-59
TT 37-112940 Data Cable Compliant with Front Connector........................ 5-61
xii
TT98-113625-D
List of Figures
Figure 5-28:
Figure 5-29:
Figure 5-30:
Figure 5-31:
Figure 5-32:
Figure 5-33:
Figure 5-34:
Wiring Maintenance Handset ........................................................................5-62
Wiring HSU Power ........................................................................................5-63
Wiring HSU to HGA-7000 Antenna System.................................................5-65
Wiring HSU to AMT-50 Subsystem..............................................................5-69
Wiring HSU to MPDS RS-232, MPDS Ethernet and ISDN .........................5-73
Ethernet RxD Twinax Contact Pin-out Definition.........................................5-75
Ethernet TxD Twinax Contact Pin-out Definition.........................................5-75
Figure 5-35: Ethernet RJ45 Connector and Cable Connection to HSU. ............................5-76
Figure 5-36: ISDN RJ45 Connector ...................................................................................5-77
Figure 5-37: Wiring HSU to Discretes and RS-232 PC Maintenance Interfaces...............5-78
Chapter 6 Configuring the System
Figure 6-1:
HSD+CP User Interface...................................................................................6-3
Chapter 7 Check procedures
Chapter 8 Maintenance and Troubleshooting
Figure 8-1:
Figure 8-2:
Figure 8-3:
Initial Check of LEDs ....................................................................................8-12
Initial Check of MPDS, Fax, 4-Wire Handsets and ISDN ............................8-13
Initial Check of Fax .......................................................................................8-14
App. A
Equipment Specifications
App. B
DO-160C/D Specifications
App. C
System Messages
App. D
Using Commands
App. E
AT Profiles
App. F
References
TT98-113625-D
xiii
List of Figures
xiv
TT98-113625-D
List of Tables
Chapter 1 About This Manual
Table 1-1:
List of Related Documentation ........................................................................1-2
Chapter 2 Introduction to Aero-HSD+
Table 2-1:
Table 2-2:
Table 2-3:
Table 2-4:
Table 2-5:
Table 2-6:
Model and Part Numbers for the Aero-HSD+ System (T&T Units) ...............2-5
Model and Part Numbers for Antenna Systems...............................................2-6
Part Numbers for Klixon Circuit Breakers ......................................................2-6
Part Number for Basic Installation Kit from ECS ...........................................2-6
Part Numbers for Trays and Connectors..........................................................2-7
List of Applicable External Units ....................................................................2-8
Chapter 3 Equipment Drawings
Chapter 4 Connectors and Pin-out
Table 4-1:
Table 4-2:
Table 4-3:
Table 4-4:
Table 4-5:
Table 4-6:
Table 4-7:
Table 4-8:
Table 4-9:
Table 4-10:
Table 4-11:
Table 4-12:
Pin-out for SDU Front Connector....................................................................4-3
Pin-out for SDU Rear Receptacle (Top Plug)..................................................4-7
Pin-out for SDU Rear Receptacle (Bottom Plug) ..........................................4-10
Pin-out for HPA Receptacle (Top Plug) ........................................................4-12
Pin-out for HPA Receptacle (Bottom Plug)...................................................4-12
Pin-out for HSU Front Connector..................................................................4-14
Pin-out for HSU Rear Receptacle ..................................................................4-16
Pin-out for 15 Pin Sub-D Male Connector on “pigtail” in 4-Wire Cradle.....4-19
Pin-out for 9 Pin Sub-D Male Connector on “pigtail” in 2-Wire Cradle.......4-21
Mating Connectors in Aircraft for SDU ........................................................4-22
Mating Connector in Aircraft for HPA..........................................................4-23
Mating Connectors in Aircraft for HSU ........................................................4-23
Chapter 5 Installation
Table 5-1:
Table 5-2:
Table 5-3:
Table 5-4:
Table 5-5:
Table 5-6:
Table 5-7:
Pins for SDU Power Supply ............................................................................5-9
Requirements to SDU Power Cables .............................................................5-10
Pins for HPA Power Supply ..........................................................................5-12
Pin for Remote HPA Power on/off by SDU ..................................................5-12
Requirements to HPA Power Cables .............................................................5-13
SDU Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna ................................................................5-16
HPA Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna ................................................................5-16
TT98-113625-D
xv
List of Tables
Table 5-8:
Table 5-9:
Table 5-10:
Table 5-11:
Table 5-12:
Table 5-13:
Table 5-14:
Requirements to RF Cables, HGA-7000 Antenna ........................................ 5-17
SDU Pins for AMT-50 Subsystem................................................................ 5-19
HPA Pins for AMT-50 Subsystem................................................................ 5-19
Requirements to RF Cables, AMT-50 Subsystem ........................................ 5-20
HPA Pins for Dual Side Panel Antenna System ........................................... 5-22
SDU Pins for Dual Side Panel Antenna System ........................................... 5-23
Requirements to RF Cables, ARINC 741 Dual Side Panel Antenna System 5-23
Table 5-15:
Table 5-16:
Table 5-17:
Table 5-18:
Table 5-19:
Table 5-20:
SDU Pins for IRS and AHARS..................................................................... 5-24
ARINC Data Format for IRS......................................................................... 5-25
ARINC Data Format for AHRS .................................................................... 5-26
SDU Pins for CMU ....................................................................................... 5-27
SDU Pins for MPDS RS-422 ........................................................................ 5-33
SDU Pins for MPDS 10BaseT Ethernet........................................................ 5-34
Table 5-21:
Table 5-22:
Table 5-23:
Table 5-24:
Table 5-25:
Table 5-26:
Table 5-27:
Table 5-28:
Table 5-29:
Table 5-30:
Table 5-31:
Table 5-32:
Table 5-33:
Table 5-34:
Table 5-35:
Table 5-36:
Table 5-37:
Table 5-38:
Table 5-39:
Table 5-40:
Table 5-41:
Table 5-42:
SDU Pins for ISDN ....................................................................................... 5-35
SDU Pins for 4-Wire Interface...................................................................... 5-40
SDU Pins for 2-Wire Interface...................................................................... 5-41
SDU Pins for MagnaStar Interface................................................................ 5-43
SDU Pins for WH-10 Interface ..................................................................... 5-46
SDU Pins for 2.4GHz Cordless (WH-10) Interface ...................................... 5-49
SDU Discretes for MagnaStar/WH-10 Systems ........................................... 5-51
SDU Pins for Discrete Annunciators............................................................. 5-54
SDU Pins for WOW ...................................................................................... 5-55
SDU Pins for WOW ...................................................................................... 5-56
Specification of Discrete Types. ................................................................... 5-57
SDU Pins for RS-232 PC Interface ............................................................... 5-60
SDU Pins for Maintenance Handset Interface .............................................. 5-62
Requirements to HSU Power Cables............................................................. 5-64
HSU Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna System ................................................... 5-66
SDU Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna System ................................................... 5-66
HPA Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna System ................................................... 5-67
Requirements to RF Cables, HGA-7000 Antenna ........................................ 5-68
HSU Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna System ................................................... 5-70
SDU Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna System ................................................... 5-70
HPA Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna System ................................................... 5-71
Requirements to RF Cables, AMT-50 Subsystem ........................................ 5-72
xvi
TT98-113625-D
List of Tables
Table 5-43:
Table 5-44:
Table 5-45:
Table 5-46:
Table 5-47:
Table 5-48:
Table 5-49:
HSU Pins for MPDS RS-232.........................................................................5-74
HSU Pins for MPDS 10BaseT Ethernet ........................................................5-75
HSU Pins for ISDN........................................................................................5-77
HSU Pins for Rear Maintenance Connector Interface, RS-232.....................5-79
HSU Pins for Discrete Outputs ......................................................................5-80
Allowed Lengths for SDU Power Cables ......................................................5-81
Allowed Lengths for HPA Power Cables ......................................................5-82
Table 5-50:
Table 5-51:
Table 5-52:
Allowed Lengths for HPA Chassis Cable......................................................5-82
Allowed Lengths for HSU Power Cables ......................................................5-83
List of Recommended RF Cables ..................................................................5-84
Chapter 6 Configuring the System
Chapter 7 Check procedures
Table 7-1:
Table 7-2:
Table 7-3:
Check Sheet: Installation Check Before Inserting LRUs. ...............................7-2
Check Sheet: Functional Test, on Ground .......................................................7-4
Check Sheet: Functional Test, Airborne..........................................................7-6
Chapter 8 Maintenance and Troubleshooting
App. A
Equipment Specifications
Table A-1:
Table A-2:
Table A-3:
Table A-4:
Table A-5:
Table A-6:
Table A-7:
Table A-8:
Table A-9:
Table A-10:
General Specifications for SDU...................................................................... A-2
General Specifications for HPA...................................................................... A-3
General Specifications for DLNA .................................................................. A-4
General Specifications for HSU...................................................................... A-5
General Specifications for Tx Coupler ........................................................... A-6
General Specifications for Rx Power Splitter................................................. A-7
General Specifications for 4-Wire Handset .................................................... A-8
General Specifications for 4-Wire Cradle....................................................... A-9
General Specifications for 2-Wire Handset .................................................. A-10
General Specifications for 2-Wire Cradle..................................................... A-11
App. B
DO-160C/D Specifications
Table B-1:
Table B-2:
Table B-3:
RTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers, SDU...................................................... B-2
Environmental Qualification Form for SDU .................................................. B-2
RTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers, HPA...................................................... B-5
TT98-113625-D
xvii
List of Tables
Table B-4:
Table B-5:
Table B-6:
Table B-7:
Table B-8:
Table B-9:
Table B-10:
Environmental Qualification Form for HPA...................................................B-5
RTCA/DO-160C Change Numbers, DLNA ...................................................B-7
Environmental Qualification Form for DLNA................................................B-7
RTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers, Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter......B-10
Environmental Qualification Form for Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter ..B-10
RTCA/DO-160C Change Numbers, 4-wire Handset and Cradle..................B-12
Environmental Qualification Form for 4-Wire Handset and Cradle.............B-12
Table B-11:
Environmental Qualification Form for 2-Wire Handset and Cradle.............B-14
App. C
System Messages
Table C-1:
Table C-2:
Table C-3:
Table C-4:
Table C-5:
Table C-6:
Table C-7:
List of H+ Logon Reject Cause Codes............................................................C-2
List of H+ Call Reject Cause Codes................................................................C-3
List of MPDS Layer 2 Reason Codes .............................................................C-5
List of MPDS Layer 3 Reason Codes .............................................................C-7
List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV) ................................................................C-9
Definition of severity levels for BITE Codes................................................C-17
List of BITE Codes........................................................................................C-18
App. D
Using Commands
Table D-1:
Table D-2:
Table D-3:
Table D-4:
“list” Commands ............................................................................................ D-2
“slog” Commands........................................................................................... D-3
“call_log” Commands .................................................................................... D-5
“flight” Commands......................................................................................... D-6
App. E
AT Profiles
App. F
References
xviii
TT98-113625-D
1111
Chapter 1
About This Manual
1.1
Purpose
The purpose of this manual is to provide information for installation, maintenance
and troubleshooting of the Aero-HSD+ system.
Important!
1.2
The information, drawings and wiring diagrams contained in this
manual are intended as a reference for engineering planning only.
The drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein do not
represent any specific Supplemental Type Certificate (STC). It is
the installer's responsibility to compose installation drawings
specific to the aircraft. This manual and the drawings and wiring
diagrams contained herein may not be used as a substitute for an
STC package.
Organization
The chapters of this Installation Manual provide the following information:
• Introduction
A short overview of the Aero-HSD+ system and services.
• Equipment Drawings
Outline drawings of the units, trays and connectors of the Aero-HSD+ system.
• Connectors
Drawings and pin-out for the connectors, and a description of the required
mating connectors.
• Installation
Wiring drawings and detailed installation and wiring requirements.
• Configuration
An introduction to the HSD+ Configuration Program and a short description of
how to configure the Aero-HSD+ system. Also a short description of how to
configure some of the 3rd party handsets.
• Check Procedures
An overview of the recommended check procedures and checklists.
• Maintenance and Troubleshooting
Descriptions of Airworthiness, software update, LEDs and BITE test. Also a
flow chart of how to perform initial troubleshooting.
• Appendices
Equipment specifications, DO-160C/D Forms, Lists of error messages.
TT98-113625-D
1-1
Related Documentation
1.3
Related Documentation
The following documentation is related to this manual:
Part Number
Description
TT-98-119959
Aero-HSD+ User Manual
TT-99-119960
Aero-HSD+ Quick Guide
Table 1-1: List of Related Documentation
1.4
Precautions
Warnings, Cautions and Notes
Text marked with “Warning”, “Caution”, “Note” or “Important” show the
following type of data:
• Warning: A Warning is an operation or maintenance procedure that, if not
obeyed, can cause injury or death, or jeopardize the flight safety on the aircraft.
• Caution: A Caution is an operation or maintenance procedure that, if not
obeyed, can cause damage to the equipment.
• Note: A Note gives information to help the reader.
• Important: A text marked Important gives information that is important to the
user, e.g. to make the system work properly. This text does not concern
damage on equipment, flight safety nor personal safety.
General precautions
All personnel who operate equipment or do maintenance as specified in this
manual must know and follow the safety precautions.
The warnings and cautions that follow apply to all parts of this manual.
WARNING! Before using any material, refer to the manufacturers’ material
safety data sheets for safety information. Some materials can be
dangerous.
CAUTION! Do not use materials that are not equivalent to materials specified
by Thrane & Thrane. Materials that are not equivalent can cause
damage to the equipment.
CAUTION! The Aero-HSD+ system contains items that are electrostatic
discharge sensitive. Use approved industry precautions to keep the
risk of damage to a minimum when you touch, remove or insert
parts or assemblies.
1-2
Chapter 1: About This Manual
TT98-113625-D
2222
Chapter 2
Introduction to Aero-HSD+
2.1
General Description
This Installation manual describes the administrative and technical aspects,
features, functions and components of the Aero-HSD+ system.
All comments or recommendations regarding the installation, acceptance or
operation of the Aero-HSD+ system or its accessories and components should be
directed to Thrane & Thrane.
2.1.1
The Aero-HSD+ System
Important!
The design of the system is not intended to support the requirements of safety and
regularity of flight communications, in particular for Air Traffic Services (ATS)
or Aeronautical Operational Control (AOC) during the flight time.
The software used to control the unit operation complies with
RTCA specification DO-178B level E software.
Non-Safety Interfaces
The following interfaces in the Aero-HSD+ system are strictly for non-safety
usage:
• Cockpit voice (future use)
• ACARS/CMU
• CPDF (future use)
• MCDU/FMS (future use)
TT98-113625-D
2-1
General Description
Services
Housed in one system, the Aero-HSD+ combines the global voice, fax and PC
modem data capabilities of the Inmarsat® Aero-H+ service with the new Inmarsat
Swift64 aeronautical High Speed Data service.
• The Aero-H+ part provides three channels for global voice, fax, PC modem
data and cockpit communication.
• The Swift64 part provides a fourth channel, dedicated to high-speed data
requirements. The Swift64 channel may operate either using the Integrated
Services Digital Network (ISDN @ 64 kbit/s) or the IP-based Mobile Packet
Data Service (MPDS up to 64 kbit/s).
The Swift64 channel may also be used for speech or for 3.1 kHz audio e.g. for
fax.
PBX
The built-in PBX Unit connects up to four 4-wire handsets and two direct 2-wire
POTS interfaces for faxes, PC modems, auxiliary phones, headset interface boxes
etc.
Configuration Module
The Configuration Module (CM) contains all system and user settings for easy
replacement of the Satellite Data Unit (SDU). Access to these settings are
provided with the HSD+ Configuration Program (HSD+CP). For further
information on the HSD+CP, see HSD+ Configuration Program on page 6-1.
Different layers of write protection protect the CM contents; this includes
hardware protection of installation settings and optional pin code protection of
user data.
The Configuration Module is designed as a “plug-in” module for the SDU,
making it easier to replace the SDU while retaining all system and user settings.
Antenna Systems
The Aero-HSD+ may be acquired with an electronically steered High Gain
Antenna, HGA-7000, which is designed for fuselage mounting. The Aero-HSD+
system has built-in antenna control (ACU/BSU) for the HGA-7000 antenna.
Alternatively, an ARINC 741 antenna, such as the AMT-50 antenna for tail
mounting, may be used.
2-2
Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+
TT98-113625-D
2222
General Description
2.1.2
Standard Features
„ Unique multi-channel solution, integrating the Inmarsat Aero-H+ and Swift64
services
„ A total of four channels (optionally five):
• two global H+ channels for voice, G3 fax or PC modem data
• one global H+ packet data channel for cockpit communications
• one spot beam High Speed Data (HSD) channel for ISDN or MPDS
As an option, one additional HSD channel can be installed, providing a total
data rate of 128 kbit/s.
„ Extremely small, compact and lightweight
„ ISDN for large file transmissions, video conferences, G4 fax etc.
„ Pay only “by the bit” with MPDS – ideally suited for Internet, e-mails etc.
„ Connect MPDS to airborne LAN via Ethernet or RS-422
„ 3.1 kHz audio (14.4 kbit/s) for modems, G3 fax, high quality voice etc. via
HSD channel
„ STE/STU for secure transmissions
„ Chelton HGA-7000 antenna compatibility
„ ARINC 741 antenna compatibility
„ Built-in PBX interfacing to four 4-wire and two 2-wire connections
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+
2-3
Application
2.2
Application
2.2.1
Minimum System
A minimum working system has at least:
• one TT-5035A SDU
• one TT-5035A-001 CM
• one TT-5014A HPA
• one handset and cradle, e.g. a TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset and a TT-5622A 4Wire Cradle
• one antenna system. As antenna system, use either the AMT-50 Antenna
Subsystem or the HGA-7000 Antenna with a TT-5012A DLNA.
The minimum wiring required for an Aero-HSD+ system is described in the
section Minimum System Drawing on page 5-3.
2-4
Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+
TT98-113625-D
2222
Application
2.2.2
Part Numbers
Applicable Thrane & Thrane Model- and Part Numbers
This Installation Manual is for the Aero-HSD+ system and is applicable to the
model- and part numbers below:
T&T Part Number Model Number
Description
405035A
TT-5035A
Satellite Data Unit (SDU) [without CM]
405035A-001
TT-5035A-001
Configuration Module (CM)
405038A
TT-5038A
High Speed data Unit (HSU). Additional
Swift64 channel for a total of 128 kbit/s
(optional)
405038A-002
TT-5038A-002
HSU Tx Coupler (optional)
405038A-003
TT-5038A-003
HSU Rx Power Splitter (optional)
405014A
TT-5014A
High Power Amplifier (HPA)
405012A-THR
TT-5012A
Diplexer / Low Noise Amplifier (DLNA)
405620A-THW
TT-5620A
4-Wire Handset (white)
405620A-THR
TT-5620A
4-Wire Handset (black)
405622A-THW
TT-5622A
4-Wire Cradle (white)
405622A-THR
TT-5622A
4-Wire Cradle (black)
405621B-THW
TT-5621B
2-Wire Handset (white)
405621B-THR
TT-5621B
2-Wire Handset (black)
405622B-THW
TT-5622B
2-Wire Cradle (white)
405622B-THR
TT-5622B
2-Wire Cradle (black)
TT 37-112940
Maintenance Cable
(SDU Front Connector Maintenance via PC)
TT 83-119958
CD with HSD+ Configuration Program
Table 2-1: Model and Part Numbers for the Aero-HSD+ System (T&T Units)
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+
2-5
Application
Applicable antenna systems
Part Number
Model Number Description
677-A0106
HGA-7000
Chelton Electronically Steered High Gain Antenna
0881-A-0001
AMT-50
EMS Antenna Control Unit (ACU)
0476-A-00364
AMT-50
EMS Diplexer/LNA (DLNA)
0476-A-00377
AMT-50
EMS Antenna Frame Assembly (Antenna)
Table 2-2: Model and Part Numbers for Antenna Systems
Circuit Breakers
Part Number
Recommended Aircraft Circuit Breakers
4310-001-4
Klixon 2TC series, 4 A current rating (SDU)
4310-001-20
Klixon 2TC series, 20 A current rating (HPA)
Table 2-3: Part Numbers for Klixon Circuit Breakers
Installation Kit
Complete installation kits including harness wiring can be obtained through ECS
(Electronic Cable Specialists, Inc.). The part number for a basic installation kit is
stated below. For further information, contact:
ECS, USA
Phone: +1 414.421.5300
Email: sales@ecsdirect.com
Homepage: www.ecsdirect.com
Part Number
Installation Kit
120-94981-102
ECS Basic Installation Kit for Aero-HSD+
Table 2-4: Part Number for Basic Installation Kit from ECS
2-6
Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+
TT98-113625-D
2222
Application
Trays and Connectors
Part Number
Recommended Trays for Jet Aircraft
200-86686-101
ECS Tray Assembly 3/8-size ATR (for HPA and SDU)
200-92045-102
ECS Tray Assembly 1/4-size ATR (for HSU)
Part Number
Required Plug for SDU Tray
DPX2NA-67322-463
ITT Cannon Connector, Dual Plug
Part Number
Recommended Plug for HPA Tray
616 697 173
RADIALL Dual Plug Connector
Part Number
Required Plug for optional HSU Tray
DSXN2PS33C45X00500
ECS Dual Plug Connector
P924
Size #5 Twinax contact
Table 2-5: Part Numbers for Trays and Connectors
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+
2-7
Application
2.2.3
Applicable External Units
Apart from the antennas listed in the previous section, the Aero-HSD+ system has
been tested with various other external units. Below is a list of tested units.
Note that the Aero-HSD+ system may also be able to interface to other units not
mentioned below.
Product Name
Product Description Manufacturer
2.4GHz Cordless Cordless handset
system
ICG, USA
Phone:
1-800-279-1991 or
(757)947-1030
Email:
sales@intcomgrp.com.
Homepage:
www.intcomgrp.com
Sigma7
Handset system
ICG (see contact info above)
AeroRouter 700
LAN router
ICG (see contact info above)
JetLAN
Cabin file server
Pentar Avionics, USA
AMAR
(Advanced
Mobile Access
Router)
LAN Router
Phone:
1-888-655-3755 or
(425)424-3370
Fax:
425.424.3380
Email:
sales@pentar.com
Homepage:
www.pentar.com
Lufthansa Technik AG, Germany
Homepage:
www.lufthansa-technik.com
(The homepage lists regional sales office).
Table 2-6: List of Applicable External Units
2-8
Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+
TT98-113625-D
2222
System Block Diagrams
2.3
System Block Diagrams
2.3.1
Overview
The following block diagrams show basic system component interconnection.
The first three diagrams show the wiring differences according to antenna choice
and antenna steering source.
The following system block diagrams show the user interface options and how the
system can be interfaced with MagnaStar system PBX communication.
2.3.2
HGA-7000 High Gain Antenna
The Aero-HSD+ system has built-in antenna control (ACU/BSU) for the
electronically steered HGA-7000 antenna.
HGA-7000
Antenna
TT-5012A
DLNA
Aero-HSD +
GPS
HPA
Rx
CM
Tx
SDU
User
Interfaces
IRS /
AHRS
Figure 2-1: System Configuration with Electronically Steered HGA
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+
2-9
System Block Diagrams
2.3.3
ARINC 741 Compatible High Gain Antenna
The Aero-HSD+ system also supports ARINC 741 compatible antenna systems,
such as the mechanically steered AMT-50 subsystem.
ARINC741 Antenna Subsystem
Antenna
ARINC741
DLNA
Aero-HSD +
ACU/
BSU
HPA
Rx
CM
Tx
SDU
User
Interfaces
IRS
Figure 2-2: System Configuration with ARINC 741 Compatible HGA
2-10
Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+
TT98-113625-D
2222
System Block Diagrams
2.3.4
Dual Side Panel Antenna System (Future Use)
An ARINC 741 dual side panel antenna system may be installed, in order to
improve the view to the satellite.
ARINC 741 Dual Side Panel Antenna System
HGA
(STBO)
Combiner
HGA (Port)
BSU
(Port)
DLNA 1
(Port)
DLNA 2
(STBO)
User
Interfaces
BSU
(STBO)
HPR
Tx
Rx
SDU
HPA
CM
Aero-HSD+ System
IRS
Figure 2-3: System Configuration with Dual Side Panel Antenna System (Future Use)
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+
2-11
System Block Diagrams
2.3.5
User Interfaces
The Aero-HSD+ system has the following user interfaces:
• Four 4-wire PBX interfaces, which can be used e.g. for the TT-5620A handset
and TT-5622A cradle.
The TT-5622A cradle has an RJ11 connector to which additional 2-wire
terminals can be connected, e.g. for fax or modem data.
• Two 2-wire POTS interfaces, which can be used for the TT-5621B handset and
TT-5622B cradle or other POTS handsets.
The TT-5622B cradle has an RJ11 connector to which additional 2-wire
terminals can be connected, e.g. for fax or modem data.
• MPDS via RS-422 or 10BaseT Ethernet interface.
• Euro ISDN S-bus interface for PC, Fax or STE
• ARINC 429 interfaces for e.g. CMU/ACARS or MCDU/FMS.
• Discrete outputs for annunciators.
The following drawing shows most of the possible user interfaces.
4-W Cradle
4-W Handset
4-W Cradle
4-W Handset
4-W Cradle
4-W Handset
4-W Cradle
4-W Handset
2-W Cradle
2-W Phone
2-W Cradle
2-W Phone
G3 Fax
Laptop/PC
STU
4-wire
PC #1
2-wire / RJ-11
RS-422/
Ethernet
LAN
PC #2
IP ROUTER
PC #3
G4 Fax
ISDN
Laptop/PC
Video Ph.
TT-5035A SDU
CMU
STE
AFIS
ARINC 429
ACARS
Discrete
Outputs
MCDU/FMS
Annunciators
Figure 2-4: System Configuration with Different User Interfaces
2-12
Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+
TT98-113625-D
2222
System Block Diagrams
2.3.6
MagnaStar® System
The MagnaStar system is a terrestrial-based telephone system that can be
connected to the 4-wire interfaces of the Aero-HSD+ system.
The connections between the SDU and AIU1 and AIU2 are standard 4-wire
WH-10 Interfaces, with one additional discrete interface (Service Unavailable).
Note:
The block diagram below is a simplified overview of one of the
MagnaStar systems. For information on the MagnaStar system, refer to
the relevant MagnaStar installation manual.
Aero-HSD+ System
Magnastar System
ARTU/TMU
4-Wire
SDU
AIU
4-Wire
Handset
CDBR-2
Satcom Service
Unavailable
Handset
AIU
Figure 2-5: System Configuration with MagnaStar System
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+
2-13
Operation Overview
2.4
Operation Overview
Note:
2.4.1
The Aero-HSD+ system should not be used during take-off and landing.
Configuration
The main configuration tool for the Aero-HSD+ system is the HSD+
Configuration Program (HSD+CP), which can be launched from a standard PC
connected to the front connector of the SDU.
For further information, see HSD+ Configuration Program on page 6-1.
2.4.2
User Interface
The Aero-HSD+ System uses the 4-wire handset as the main interface between the
operator and the system. The display and keypad of the handset give access to the
menu system.
Refer to the Aero-HSD+ User Manual for operating procedures. The Aero-HSD+
User Manual introduces and explains system capabilities and features, handset
controls and functions, placing and receiving calls, and use of the menu system.
2-14
Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+
TT98-113625-D
3333
Chapter 3
Equipment Drawings
3.1
Introduction
The following pages show copies of mechanical drawings of important system
units relevant for an installation.
IMPORTANT NOTE
The drawings in this manual are for reference only. Contact Thrane & Thrane to
obtain the latest version of the outline drawings.
TT98-113625-D
3-1
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit
3.2
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit
Figure 3-1: Outline Drawing: Satellite Data Unit
3-2
Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings
TT98-113625-D
3333
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit
3.2.1
TT-5035A-001 Configuration Module
Figure 3-2: Outline Drawing: Configuration Module
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings
3-3
TT-5014A High Power Amplifier
3.3
TT-5014A High Power Amplifier
Figure 3-3: Outline Drawing: High Power Amplifier
3-4
Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings
TT98-113625-D
3333
TT-5012A Diplexer Low Noise Amplifier
3.4
TT-5012A Diplexer Low Noise Amplifier
Figure 3-4: Outline Drawing: Diplexer and Low Noise Amplifier
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings
3-5
TT-5038A High Speed Data Unit (Optional)
3.5
TT-5038A High Speed Data Unit (Optional)
Figure 3-5: Outline Drawing: High Speed Data Unit
3-6
Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings
TT98-113625-D
3333
TT-5038A High Speed Data Unit (Optional)
3.5.1
TT-5038A-002 Tx Coupler for Optional HSU
Figure 3-6: Outline Drawing: Tx Coupler for Optional HSU
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings
3-7
TT-5038A High Speed Data Unit (Optional)
3.5.2
TT-5038A-003 Rx Power Splitter for Optional HSU
Note:
If the Rx Power Splitter is to be mounted on a flat surface, mount it on a
3 mm mounting plate to provide enough space for mounting of the
connectors. For further information see Rx Power Splitter on page 5-5.
Figure 3-7: Outline Drawing: Rx Power Splitter for Optional HSU
3-8
Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings
TT98-113625-D
3333
TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset
3.6
TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset
Figure 3-8: Outline Drawing: 4-Wire Handset
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings
3-9
TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle
3.7
TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle
Figure 3-9: Outline Drawing: 4-Wire Cradle
3-10
Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings
TT98-113625-D
3333
TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset
3.8
TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset
Figure 3-10: Outline Drawing: 2-Wire Handset
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings
3-11
TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle
3.9
TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle
Figure 3-11: Outline Drawing: 2-Wire Cradle
3-12
Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings
TT98-113625-D
3333
SDU and HPA Tray
3.10 SDU and HPA Tray
Figure 3-12: Outline Drawing: Tray for SDU and HPA.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings
3-13
SDU Tray Connector
3.11 SDU Tray Connector
Figure 3-13: SDU Tray Connector: ITT Cannon DPX2NA-67322-463
3-14
Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings
TT98-113625-D
3333
SDU Tray Connector
Figure 3-14: Contact Assembly: Quadrax Pin size 5 special: ITT Cannon 244-0011-001
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings
3-15
HPA Tray Connector
3.12 HPA Tray Connector
Figure 3-15: HPA Tray Connector
3-16
Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings
TT98-113625-D
3333
HSU Tray
3.13 HSU Tray
Figure 3-16: Outline Drawing: Tray for HSU
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings
3-17
HSU Tray Connector
3.14 HSU Tray Connector
Figure 3-17: HSU Tray Connector, page 1 of 2
3-18
Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings
TT98-113625-D
3333
HSU Tray Connector
Figure 3-18: HSU Tray Connector, page 2 of 2
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings
3-19
HSU Tray Connector
3-20
Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings
TT98-113625-D
4444
Chapter 4
Connectors and Pin-out
4.1
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit
4.1.1
Connectors on SDU
There are three connectors on the SDU:
• Maintenance (front connector):
Interface to PC and Handset for maintenance purposes.
A 15 pin Female Sub-D Filter connector
• ARINC 404 (rear connector):
Interfaces to Aircraft and SATCOM interconnections.
An ARINC 404 Shell Size 2 Receptacle.
• Configuration Module (rear, inside connector):
A 9 pin Sub-D Female Connector. This is an internal connector used only as
interface to the Configuration Module.
TT98-113625-D
4-1
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit
4.1.2
SDU Front Connector
Connector Drawing
1 9
15
Figure 4-1: SDU Front Connector,
Face View of Engaging End. (DB15F)
Functions
The front connector is a 15 pin Female Sub-D Filter connector, and contains the
following interfaces:
• EIA/TIA-232-E PC port
• 4-Wire Thrane & Thrane Handset
• RS-485 Data interface for T&T Handset
• +12 V DC for powering the Handset
• Write Enable Input for Configuration Module.
4-2
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
TT98-113625-D
4444
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit
Pin-out for SDU Front Connector
Pin. No.
Pin Name
FP1
Maintenance Handset Audio In Hi
FP2
Maintenance Handset Audio In Lo
FP3
Maintenance Handset Audio Out Hi
FP4
Maintenance Handset Audio Out Lo
FP5
Signal Ground SGND
FP6
Maintenance Handset RS-485 Data A
FP7
Maintenance Handset RS-485 Data B
FP8
+12 V DC/120 mA
FP9
GND, Power Return (for +12 V DC)
FP10
PC EIA/TIA-232-E RxD Output
FP11
PC EIA/TIA-232-E TxD Input
FP12
PC EIA/TIA-232-E CTS Output
FP13
PC EIA/TIA-232-E RTS Input
FP14
GND
FP15
Configuration Module Write Enable In
Table 4-1: Pin-out for SDU Front Connector
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
4-3
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit
4.1.3
SDU Rear Receptacle
Connector Drawing
Quadrax Ethernet Insert
in A3
SDU Rear Receptacle
A2
A4
13
18
24
14
19
29
25
Mating Plug in Tray
A1
A3
A1
Top Plug (TP) Insert
A3
14
19
25
13 A2
18
24
29
A4
Index Pin Code 04
Light areas are key holes
106
94
94
106
79
67
67
79
52
40
25
13
12
Bottom Plug (BP) Insert
40
52
13
25
12
View: Engaging End
Figure 4-2: SDU Rear Receptacle and Mating Plug in Tray, Engaging End
4-4
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
TT98-113625-D
4444
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit
Functions, Top Plug
The Top Plug (TP) connects the following signals:
Power, RF Interfaces and Antenna Modem:
• +28 V DC Power + chassis ground
• +28 V DC/600 mA 4-wire handset supply
• Remote ON/OFF (nON)
• RF Tx signal to HPA
• RF Rx signal from DLNA
• Antenna Modem Interface
Handset interfaces (analog):
• 4 analog four wire interfaces for Thrane & Thrane Handsets Systems (incl.
+28 V DC Handset supply with nON/OFF power supply control)
Voice/Fax/Modem interfaces:
• 2 VOICE/FAX/MODEM/STU-III, analog 2-wire standard POTS interfaces
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
4-5
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit
Functions, Bottom Plug
The Bottom Plug connects the following signals:
Aircraft Avionics Interfaces:
• 24 bit discrete hardwire strapped ICAO address
• 2 high speed ARINC 429 Inertial Reference System (IRS) or
• 2 high or low speed ARINC 429 Attitude and Heading Reference System
(AHRS)
• 2 high or low ARINC 429 Communication Management Units (ACARS/CMU)
• 2 low speed ARINC 429 Cabin Packet-mode Data Function (CPDF)
• 3 high or low speed ARINC 429 MCDU/FMS (1 output, 2 inputs) or 1 high or
low speed ARINC 429 AES ID input (ICAO address, for future use)
• 2 Discrete inputs for “Weight On Wheels”
• Discrete Inputs/Outputs for WH-10/MagnaStar AIU control or, for future use,
Cockpit Voice
High Speed Interfaces:
• 1 MPDS RS-422, with RS-422 CTS/RTS Hardware Handshake
• 1 Euro ISDN S-bus connection
SATCOM Interfaces:
• 1 RS-422 Multi Control HPA Interface (Tx)
• 1 RS-422 BITE/Status HPA Interfaces (Rx)
• 1 Discrete HPA Remote nON/OFF output
Maintenance Interfaces:
• 1 Discrete SDU Hardware Reset
Handset interfaces (digital):
• 4 RS-485 data interfaces for Thrane & Thrane Handsets
Other interfaces:
• 1 RS-422 SIMCARD Reader Interface (future use)
• 3 Annunciators for: “Service Available”, “Call” and “FAX” -annunciator
• 3 ATE pins (Automatic Test Equipment) - not used
4-6
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
TT98-113625-D
4444
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit
Pin-out for SDU Rear Receptacle (Top Plug)
Pin No.
Pin Name
Pin No.
Pin Name
TP A1
RF Rx input from DLNA
12 V DC power to DLNA (Coax)
TP12
TP A2
RF Tx output to HPA (Coax)
Handset #1 Audio Out Hi /
(For future use: Cockpit Voice
Audio #1 Out Hi)
TP A3.1
Tx + 10BaseT Ethernet
(Quadrax pin 1)
TP13
Handset #1 Audio Out Lo /
(For future use: Cockpit Voice
Audio #1 Out Lo)
TP A3.2
Rx + 10BaseT Ethernet
(Quadrax pin 2)
TP14
Not Connected
TP A3.3
Tx - 10BaseT Ethernet
(Quadrax pin 3)
TP15
Handset #2 Audio In Hi /
(For future use: Cockpit Voice
Audio #2 In Hi)
TP A3.4
Rx - 10BaseT Ethernet
(Quadrax pin 4)
TP16
TP A4
Antenna Modem Interface (Coax)
Handset #2 Audio In Lo /
(For future use: Cockpit Voice
Audio #2 In Lo)
TP1
+28 V DC Power
TP17
TP2
GND, Power Return
Handset #2 Audio Out Hi /
(For future use: Cockpit Voice
Audio #2 Out Hi)
TP3
Chassis Ground and Handset
Power Return
TP18
TP4
+28 V DC/600 mA Handset
Supply
Handset #2 Audio Out Lo /
(For future use: Cockpit Voice
Audio #2 Out Lo)
TP19
TP5
Remote ON/OFF (nON)
2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #5
(Tip)
TP6
2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #5
(Ring)
TP20
AGND
TP21
Handset #3 Audio In Hi
TP7
2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #6
(Ring)
TP22
Handset #3 audio In Lo
TP23
Handset #3 audio Out Hi
TP24
Handset #3 audio Out Lo
TP25
Do not connect!
(+12 V DC / 25 mA)
TP26
Handset #4 audio In Hi
TP27
Handset #4 audio In Lo
TP28
Handset #4 audio Out Hi
TP29
Handset #4 audio Out Lo
TP8
2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #6
(Tip)
TP9
Not Connected
TP10
Handset #1 Audio In Hi /
(For future use: Cockpit Voice
Audio #1 In Hi)
TP11
Handset #1 Audio In Lo /
(For future use: Cockpit Voice
Audio #1 In Lo)
Table 4-2: Pin-out for SDU Rear Receptacle (Top Plug)
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
4-7
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit
Pin-out for SDU Rear Receptacle (Bottom Plug)
Pin No.
Pin Name
Pin No.
Pin Name
BP1
ICAO Address Bit #1 (MSB)
BP27
BP2
ICAO Address Bit #2
Data from primary IRS 429 B /
Data from primary AHRS 429 B
BP3
ICAO Address Bit #3
BP28
Data from second. IRS 429 A /
Data from second. AHRS 429 A
BP4
ICAO Address Bit #4
BP29
BP5
ICAO Address Bit #5
Data from second. IRS 429 B /
Data from second. AHRS 429 B
BP6
ICAO Address Bit #6
BP30
Data bus from MCDU / FMS #2 /
AES ID input 429 A (future use)
BP7
ICAO Address Bit #7
BP31
BP8
ICAO Address Bit #8
Data bus from MCDU / FMS #2 /
AES ID input 429 B (future use)
BP9
ICAO Address Bit #9
BP32
BP10
ICAO Address Bit #10
Data bus from CPDF #1 429 A/
HSU control input
BP11
ICAO Address Bit #11
BP33
Data bus from CPDF #1 429 B/
HSU control input
BP12
ICAO Address Bit #12
BP34
BP13
ICAO Address Bit #13
Data bus to CPDF #1 429 A/
HSU control output
BP14
ICAO Address Bit #14
BP35
Data bus to CPDF #1 429 B/
HSU control output
BP15
ICAO Address Bit #15
BP36
Data bus from CPDF #2 429 A
BP16
ICAO Address Bit #16
BP37
Data bus from CPDF #2 429 B
BP17
ICAO Address Bit #17
BP38
Data bus to CPDF #2 429 A
BP18
ICAO Address Bit #18
BP39
Data bus to CPDF #2 429 B
BP19
ICAO Address Bit #19
BP40
BP20
ICAO Address Bit #20
Data bus from
ACARS/CMU #1 429 A
BP21
ICAO Address Bit #21
BP41
Data bus from
ACARS/CMU #1 429 B
BP22
ICAO Address Bit #22
BP42
BP23
ICAO Address Bit #23
Data bus to
ACARS/CMU #1 & #2 429 A
BP24
ICAO Address Bit #24
BP43
BP25
ICAO Address Common
Data bus to
ACARS/CMU #1 & #2 429 B
BP26
Data from primary IRS 429 A /
Data from primary AHRS 429 A
BP44
Data bus from
ACARS/CMU #2 429 A
BP45
Data bus from
ACARS/CMU #2 429 B
4-8
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
TT98-113625-D
4444
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit
Pin No. Pin Name
Pin No. Pin Name
BP46
BP67
ISDN TxP (d)
BP68
ISDN TxN (e)
BP69
ISDN RxN (f)
BP70
Future use: SIMCARD Reader
Control Output B, RS-422
BP71
Future use: SIMCARD Reader
Control Output A, RS-422
BP72
Future use: SIMCARD Reader Data
Input B, RS-422
BP73
Future use: SIMCARD Reader Data
Input A, RS-422
BP74
Do not connect! (ATE 1)
BP75
Do not connect! (ATE 2)
BP76
Do not connect! (ATE 3)
BP77
SDU Reset, Active Low
BP78
HPA Control Output A, RS-422
BP79
HPA Control Output B, RS-422
Data bus from MCDU /
FMS #1 429 A
BP47
Data bus from MCDU /
FMS #1 429 B
BP48
Data bus to MCDU /
FMS #1 & #2 429 A
BP49
Data bus to MCDU /
FMS #1 & #2 429 B
BP50
Reserved for Weight-On-Wheels
Input #1
BP51
Reserved for Weight-On-Wheels
Input #2
BP52
For future use: CP Voice Chime
Signal Contact #1;
Current from Chime
BP53
For future use: CP Voice Chime
Signal Contact #2;
Current to Chime
BP54
MagnaStar: Satcom Service
Unavailable
BP55
WH-10/MagnaStar:
Hook switch #3
BP80
HPA Data/BITE Input A, RS-422
BP81
HPA Data/BITE Input B, RS-422
BP56
HSU disable
BP82
BP57
HPA remote nON/OFF output
WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #1
or, for future use, CP Voice Call
Cancel Input #1 (Discrete I)
BP58
MPDS TxD-B RS-422 (I)
BP83
BP59
MPDS TxD-A RS-422 (I)
BP60
MPDS RxD-B RS-422 (O)
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output
A1 or, for future use, CP Voice Mic
On Input #1 (Discrete I/O)
BP61
MPDS RxD-A RS-422 (O)
BP84
BP62
MPDS RTS-B RS-422 (I)
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output
B1 or, for future use, CP Voice Call
Light Output #1 (Discrete O)
BP63
MPDS RTS-A RS-422 (I)
BP85
BP64
MPDS CTS-B RS-422 (O)
WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #2
or, for future use, CP Voice Call
Cancel Input #2 (Discrete I)
BP65
MPDS CTS-A RS-422 (O)
BP86
BP66
ISDN RxP (c)
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output
A2 or, for future use, CP Voice Mic
On Input #2 (Discrete I/O)
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
4-9
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit
Pin No.
Pin Name
Pin No.
Pin Name
BP87
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output
B2 or, for future use, CP Voice Call
Light Output #2 (Discrete O)
BP96
4-Wire Handset #2
RS-485 Data A
BP97
BP88
Chime/ Lamps Inhibit Input
(Discrete I)
4-Wire Handset #2
RS-485 Data B
BP98
4-Wire Handset #3
RS-485 Data A
BP99
4-Wire Handset #3
RS-485 Data B
BP89
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output
A3 or Service Available
Annunciator (Discrete I/O)
BP90
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output
B3
BP100
4-Wire Handset #4
RS-485 Data A
BP91
For future use: CP Voice Chime
Reset Input #1 (Discrete I)
BP101
4-Wire Handset #4
RS-485 Data B
BP92
Call Annunciator (Discrete I/O)
BP102
MPDS DTR-B RS-422 (I)
BP93
Fax Annunciator (Discrete Output)
BP103
MPDS DTR-A RS-422 (I)
BP94
4-Wire Handset #1
RS-485 Data A
BP104
MPDS DCD-B RS-422 (O)
BP95
4-Wire Handset #1
RS-485 Data B
BP105
MPDS DCD-A RS-422 (O)
BP106
Port 1 GND
Table 4-3: Pin-out for SDU Rear Receptacle (Bottom Plug)
4-10
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
TT98-113625-D
4444
TT-5014A High Power Amplifier
4.2
TT-5014A High Power Amplifier
4.2.1
HPA Rear Receptacle
The HPA has one connector:
An ARINC 404, shell size 2, rear receptacle, used for connection to the antenna
system and the SDU.
Connector Drawing
Mating Plug in Tray
HPA Rear Receptacle
Top plug (TP)
Index pin code 08
Light areas are key holes
Bottom plug (BP)
Figure 4-3: HPA Receptacle, Face View of Engaging End. Index Code is 08
Functions
The Top Plug connects the following signals:
• RF Tx signal to DLNA
• RF Tx signal from SDU
The Bottom Plug connects the following signals:
• +28 V DC Power (Aircraft Power Bus)
• Chassis ground
• ARINC 429 Tx and Rx connections for interfacing to ARINC 741 antennas
• Remote ON/OFF (nON) from SDU
• RS-422 data interface to SDU
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
4-11
TT-5014A High Power Amplifier
Pin-out for HPA Receptacle
Top Pin
Pin Name
TP1
RF Tx output to DLNA
TP2
RF Tx input from SDU
Table 4-4: Pin-out for HPA Receptacle (Top Plug)
Bottom
Pin
Pin Name
Bottom
Pin
Pin Name
BP A1
+28 V DC Power
BP17
HPA Mute 1 A
BP A2
GND, Power Return
BP18
HPA Mute 1 B
BP1
ATE 1
BP19
HPA Mute 2 A
BP2
ATE 2
BP20
HPA Mute 2 B
BP3
ATE 3
BP21
Spare
BP4
ATE 4
BP22
Spare
BP5
Spare
BP23
Spare
BP6
nON
BP24
Spare
BP7
Spare
BP25
BP8
A429 Tx A
RS-422 Tx A, HPA
Data/BITE Output A,
from HPA to SDU
BP9
A429 Tx B
BP26
BP10
A429 Tx A
RS-422 Tx B, HPA
Data/BITE Output B,
from HPA to SDU
BP11
A429 Tx B
BP27
RS-422 Rx A, HPA Control
Input A, from SDU to HPA
BP12
Spare
BP28
BP13
A429 Rx1 A
RS-422 Rx B, HPA Control
Input B, from SDU to HPA
BP14
A429 Rx1 B
BP29
Spare
BP15
A429 Rx2 A
BP30
Chassis
BP16
A429 Rx2 B
Table 4-5: Pin-out for HPA Receptacle (Bottom Plug)
4-12
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
TT98-113625-D
4444
TT-5038A HSU (Optional)
4.3
TT-5038A HSU (Optional)
4.3.1
Connectors on HSU
There are two connectors on the HSU:
• Maintenance (front connector):
Interface to PC for maintenance purposes.
A 9 pin female Sub-D connector.
• ARINC 404 (rear connector):
Interfaces to Aircraft and SATCOM interconnections.
An ARINC 404 Shell Size 2 Receptacle.
4.3.2
HSU Front Connector
Connector Drawing
1 6
5 9
9 pin
SUB-D
female
Figure 4-4: HSU Front Connector.
Face View of Engaging End.
Functions
The front connector is a 9 pin Female Sub-D connector, and contains the
following interfaces:
• EIA/TIA-232-E port for #1 RS-232 PC interface
• #2 I/F Disable Input
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
4-13
TT-5038A HSU (Optional)
Pin-out for HSU Front Connector
Pin no.
Pin Name
FP1
Not used
FP2
#1 RxD Output (EIA/TIA-232-E)
FP3
#1 TxD Input (EIA/TIA-232-E)
FP4
#2 I/F Disable Input
FP5
#1 GND (EIA/TIA-232-E)
FP6
#1 +12 V DC (to pull up FP4)
FP7
Not Used
FP8
Not Used
FP9
Not used
Table 4-6: Pin-out for HSU Front Connector
4.3.3
HSU Rear Receptacle
Connector Drawing
HSU Rear Receptacle
A2 137
A4
18
24
29
Mating Plug in Tray
14
19
A1
A1
Top Plug (TP) Insert
A3
A3
25
14
19
25
13 A2
18
24
29
A4
Index Pin Code 04
Light areas are key holes
Bottom Plug, Blind
View: Engaging End
Figure 4-5: HSU Rear Receptacle and Mating Plug in Tray, Engaging End.
4-14
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
TT98-113625-D
4444
TT-5038A HSU (Optional)
Functions
The Top Plug of the HSU rear receptacle connects the following signals:
Power & RF Interfaces:
• +28 V DC and chassis ground
• RF Tx signal to HPA
• RF Rx signal from DLNA
User Interfaces:
• MPDS, 10BaseT Ethernet
• MPDS, EIA/TIA-232 with CTS/RTS Hardware Handshake
• Euro ISDN S-bus connection
Control & Maintenance Interfaces:
• EIA/TIA-232 PC interface (#2)
• ARINC 429 High Speed HSU Control Interface
• HSU Failure Discrete Output
• 1 MPDS Service Available Output
• 1 ISDN Service Available Output
• HSU Disable Discrete Input
• 2 ATE Discrete inputs
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
4-15
TT-5038A HSU (Optional)
Pin-out for HSU Rear Receptacle
Pin
Function
Pin
Function
TP A1
RF Rx input from DLNA
TP15
TP A2
RF Tx output to HPA
MPDS DTR Input
(EIA/TIA-232-E)
TP A3
10BaseT Rx output
TP16
MPDS DCD Output
(EIA/TIA-232-E)
TP17
MPDS DSR Output
(EIA/TIA-232-E)
TP18
MPDS GND
(EIA/TIA-232-E)
TP19
Data bus output to SDU
(ARINC 429-A)
TP20
Data bus output to SDU
(ARINC 429-B)
(Center: RxD+)
TP A4
10BaseT Tx input
(Center: TxD+)
TP1
+28 V DC Power
TP2
GND, Power Return
TP3
Chassis Ground
TP4
Not Used
TP5
#2 GND (EIA/TIA-232-E)
TP21
Data bus input from SDU
(ARINC 429-A)
TP6
#2 TxD Input
(EIA/TIA-232-E)
TP22
Data bus input from SDU
(ARINC 429-B)
TP7
#2 RxD Output
(EIA/TIA-232-E)
TP23
ISDN Rx+ (c) input
TP8
HSU Disable, Discrete Input
TP24
ISDN Tx+ (d) output
TP9
ATE #1, Discrete Input
TP25
ISDN Tx- (e) output
TP10
ATE #2, Discrete Input
TP26
ISDN Rx- (f) input
TP11
MPDS TxD Input
(EIA/TIA-232-E)
TP27
HSU Failure, Discrete Output
(Lamp Type)
TP12
MPDS RxD Output
(EIA/TIA-232-E)
TP28
ISDN Service Available,
Discrete Output (Lamp Type)
TP13
MPDS RTS Input
(EIA/TIA-232-E)
TP29
MPDS Service Available,
Discrete Output (Lamp Type)
TP14
MPDS CTS Output
(EIA/TIA-232-E)
Table 4-7: Pin-out for HSU Rear Receptacle
4-16
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
TT98-113625-D
4444
Cradle Connectors
4.4
Cradle Connectors
4.4.1
Connectors on 4-Wire Cradle
There are four connectors on the 4-wire cradle, two on the side of the cradle and
two at the end:
4-Wire Handset Connection
SDU Connection
Figure 4-6: 4-Wire Cradle Connectors, End View of Cradle
Headset Connection
2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem Connection
Figure 4-7: 4-Wire Cradle Connectors, Side View of Cradle
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
4-17
Cradle Connectors
4.4.2
4-Wire Connector to SDU
Connector Drawing
DB15 Male
8 15
View: Solder side
Figure 4-8: 4-Wire Cradle Connector
(DB15M). View: Solder Side
Functions
The 15 pin Sub-D male connector on the “pigtail” at the end of the 4-wire cradle
connects the following signals on the SDU:
Handset interface (analog):
• analog 4-wire interface (incl. +28 V DC Handset supply)
Handset interface (digital):
• RS-485 data interface
Voice/Fax/Modem interface:
• Voice/Fax/Modem/STU-III, analog 2-wire standard POTS interface
OR
Maintenance handset interface:
• Maintenance 4-wire handset connection to SDU front connector
4-18
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
TT98-113625-D
4444
Cradle Connectors
Pin-out for DB15 Connector
The 4-wire cradle connector for connection to the SDU has the following pin-out:
Pin
Function
Pin
Function
2 wire Tip
(Fax/PC_modem/Auxiliary)
GND
GND
10
RS-485 Data A
11
RS-485 Data B
12
GND
13
SDU Audio out +
14
SDU Audio out -
15
NC
2 wire Ring
(Fax/PC_modem/Auxiliary)
GND
+28 V DC
GND, Power Return
SDU Audio in +
SDU Audio in -
Table 4-8: Pin-out for 15 Pin Sub-D Male Connector on “pigtail” in 4-Wire Cradle
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
4-19
Cradle Connectors
4.4.3
Connectors on 2-Wire Cradle
There are three connectors on the 2-wire cradle, one at the side and two at the end:
2-Wire Handset Connection
SDU Connection
Figure 4-9: 2-Wire Cradle Connectors, End View of Cradle
2-Wire VoiceFax/Modem Connection
Figure 4-10: 2-Wire Cradle Connectors, Side View of Cradle
4-20
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
TT98-113625-D
4444
Cradle Connectors
4.4.4
2-Wire Connector to SDU
Connector Drawing
DB9 Male
View: Solder side
Figure 4-11: 2-Wire Cradle Connector
(DB9M). View: Solder Side
Functions
The 9 pin Sub-D male connector on the “pigtail” at the end of the 2-wire cradle
connects the following signals on the SDU:
• Voice/Fax/Modem/STU-III, analog 2-wire standard POTS interface
Pin-out for Cradle Connector
The 2-wire cradle connector for connection to the SDU has the following pin-out:
Pin
Function
Auxiliary Tip
Auxiliary Ring
Shield
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Table 4-9: Pin-out for 9 Pin Sub-D Male
Connector on “pigtail” in 2-Wire Cradle.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
4-21
Mating Connectors in Aircraft
4.5
Mating Connectors in Aircraft
Connection With SDU
The installation tray for the SDU is equipped with the following connector:
Connector
Mating Connector Type
Front Panel Connector
15 pin SUB-D male
Rear I/O Connector
ARINC 404 shell size 2 plug,
with the following contact arrangements:
Insert A (Top Plug): 33C4
• 4 #16 pin socket contacts
• 25 #20HD socket contacts
• 3 #5 coax socket contacts
• 1 #5 Quadrax socket contact
Insert B (Bottom Plug): 106
• 106 #22 pin contacts
ITT Cannon Part number DPX2NA-67322-463
Internal connector for
Configuration Module
9-pin SUB-D male
Table 4-10: Mating Connectors in Aircraft for SDU
4-22
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
TT98-113625-D
4444
Mating Connectors in Aircraft
Connection With HPA
The installation tray for the HPA is equipped with the following connector:
Connector
Mating Connector Type
Rear I/O Connector
ARINC 404 shell size 2 plug,
with the following contact arrangements:
Insert A (Top Plug): MC2
• 2 #1 coax socket contacts for RG142B
Insert B (Bottom Plug): 32C2
• 2 #5 socket contacts for AWG 8-10
• 30 #20 HD socket contacts for AWG 20-24
Radiall part number 616 697 173
Table 4-11: Mating Connector in Aircraft for HPA
Connection With Optional HSU
The installation tray for the HSU is equipped with the following connector:
Connector
Mating Connector Type
Front Panel Connector
9 pin SUB-D male
Rear I/O Connector
ARINC 404 shell size 2 plug with the following
contact arrangements:
Insert A (Top Plug): 33C4
• 4 #16 socket contacts
• 25 #20 socket contacts
• 2 #5 coax socket contacts
• 2 #5 Twinax socket contacts
Insert B (Bottom Plug): Blind
• Not used
ECS part number DSXN2PS33C45X00500
Table 4-12: Mating Connectors in Aircraft for HSU
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
4-23
Mating Connectors in Aircraft
4-24
Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out
TT98-113625-D
5555
Chapter 5
Installation
5.1
General
5.1.1
Overview
This chapter contains considerations and recommendations for installation of the
Aero-HSD+ System. Interconnect harness wiring and physical mounting must
satisfy all applicable regulations.
Note:
Complete installation kits including wiring can be obtained through ECS
(Electronic Cable Specialists, Inc.). For information, contact
ECS, USA
Phone: +1 414.421.5300
Email: sales@ecsdirect.com
Homepage: www.ecsdirect.com
The Installation chapter is organized in the following sections:
• Mounting Considerations on page 5-4.
This section provides guidelines for the mechanical installation of the units in
the Aero-HSD+ system.
• Electrical Installation and Wiring on page 5-7.
This section provides wiring drawings and guidelines for the electrical
installation of the Aero-HSD+ system. It also lists the requirements to the
cables.
• Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU on page 5-63.
This section provides wiring drawings and guidelines for the electrical
installation of the Aero-HSD+ system with an HSU installed. It also lists the
requirements to the cables.
• Recommended Cables on page 5-81.
This section provides lists of recommended cables and maximum cable lengths.
The information, drawings and wiring diagrams contained in this manual are
intended as a reference for engineering planning only. The drawings and wiring
diagrams contained herein do not represent any specific STC. It is the installer’s
responsibility to compose installation drawings specific to the aircraft. This
manual and the drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein may not be used
as a substitute for an STC.
Note:
TT98-113625-D
To ensure optimal performance from the Aero-HSD+ System, strict
adherence to the installation considerations found in this section must be
maintained.
5-1
General
5.1.2
Minimum System
A minimum working system has at least:
• one TT-5035A SDU
• one TT-5035A-001 CM
• one TT-5014A HPA
• one handset and cradle, e.g. a TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset and a TT-5622A 4Wire Cradle.
• one antenna system. As antenna system, use either the AMT-50 Antenna
Subsystem or the HGA-7000 Antenna with a TT-5012A DLNA.
The following drawing shows the minimum installation required in the
Aero-HSD+ system.
5-2
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
Note:
28 V DC
Aircraft
Power Supply
5555
Minimum System Drawing
General
This drawing is an overview of which units to connect as a minimum. For
specific information on wiring, refer to the appropriate section of
Electrical Installation and Wiring on page 5-7 onwards.
BP A1 +28 V DC Power
BP A2 GND, Power Return
TT-5014A
HPA
BP30 Chassis
RF Tx
GND
X3 TX
TT-5012A
DLNA
X1 RX
TP2
BP6
BP27
BP28
BP25
BP26
TP1
J1 IF1
RF Tx
HPA nON
BITE / STATUS
HPA CONTROL
X2 Ant
HGA-7000
J2 IF2
TP A1
TP A2
28 V DC
Aircraft
Power Supply
BP57
BP78
BP79
BP80
BP81
RF Rx
TP A4
TP1 +28 VDC Power
Built-in
BSU
TT-5035A
SDU
Two-wire fax/modem
TP2 GND, Power Return
Tip TP19
Ring TP6
Full Feature Handset #1 RS-485 Data
TP3
Chassis Ground and Handset Power Return
TP5
Remote ON/OFF (nON)
A BP94
B BP95
+28 VDC / 600mA Handset Supply
Chassis Ground and Handset Power Return
10 10
11 11
TP4
TP3
12 12
Handset #1 Audio Out / Cockpit Voice Audio Out Hi TP12
Lo TP13
13 13
14 14
Hi TP10
Lo TP11
15 15
BP1 ICAO MSB
BP2
BP3
BP4
BP5
BP6
BP7
BP8
BP9
BP10
BP11
BP12
BP13
BP14
BP15
BP16
BP17
BP18
BP19
BP20
BP21
BP22
BP23
BP24 ICAO LSB
BP25 ICAO common
Handset #1 Audio In / Cockpit Voice Audio In
NC
IRS/AHRS A429 A, BP26
IRS/AHRS A429 B, BP27
TT-5622A
CRADLE
TT-5620A
HANDSET
#1
IRS/AHRS
Strapped ICAO Address
Figure 5-1: Minimum System
Note:
This example includes an HGA-7000 Antenna with a TT-5012A DLNA,
but the antenna system may as well be e.g. an AMT-50 subsystem.
Note:
Another type of 4-wire handset or a 2-wire handset may be connected
instead of the Thrane & Thrane 4-wire handset.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-3
Mounting Considerations
5.2
Mounting Considerations
5.2.1
Overview
For optimum system performance, some guidelines on where to install or mount
the different components of the Aero-HSD+ System must be followed. Mounting
and placement details are included in this section.
For information on requirements to cables, see the individual sections in
Electrical Installation and Wiring on page 5-7 or Electrical Installation and
Wiring, HSU on page 5-63.
For information on recommended cable types and lengths, see Recommended
Cables on page 5-81.
Note:
5.2.2
When mounting the units, make sure that there is enough space to
provide a sufficient bend radius for the cables. See the cable data sheet
for minimum bend radius.
SDU
Forced cooling is not recommended for the SDU.
• Place the SDU in a temperature controlled area (e.g. avionics bay).
• Place the SDU where the cooling air holes are not blocked. Note that cooling
air holes in the SDU are placed outside the recommended area for
ARINC 404A 3/8 ATR short units.
• Mount the SDU in an ARINC 404A 3/8 ATR short standard tray.
5.2.3
HSU
Forced cooling is not recommended for the HSU.
• Place the HSU in a temperature controlled area (e.g. avionics bay).
• Place the HSU where the cooling air holes are not blocked. Note that cooling
air holes in the HSU are placed outside the recommended area for
ARINC 404A 1/4 ATR short units.
• Mount the HSU in an ARINC 404A 1/4 ATR short standard tray.
5-4
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Mounting Considerations
5.2.4
Rx Power Splitter
If the Rx Power Splitter is to be mounted on a flat surface, mount it on a 3 mm
mounting plate to provide enough space for mounting of the connectors.
Figure 5-2: Mounting the Rx Power Splitter
5.2.5
HPA
The HPA can be installed in a non-temperature controlled area.
The HPA is designed with built-in forced cooling (fans).
Internal temperature monitoring prevents damage caused by overheating.
Important!
Respect the minimum clearance of 25 mm from top and bottom.
• Mount the HPA vertically on a panel to ensure maximum cooling. Mount the
HPA in an ARINC 404A 3/8 ATR short tray with oval cut-out as shown in
Figure 3-12: Outline Drawing: Tray for SDU and HPA.
• Install the HPA as close to the DLNA as possible.
The cable between the HPA and the DLNA must be a special low-loss coax
cable. See Wiring Antenna Systems on page 5-14 and the wiring drawings
Figure 5-5: Wiring HGA-7000 Antenna and TT-5012A DLNA and Figure
5-6: Wiring AMT-50 Subsystem.
5.2.6
DLNA
The DLNA can be installed in a non-temperature controlled area. The DLNA can
be mounted in an upright position.
• Install the DLNA as close to the antenna as possible.
• Place the DLNA with sufficient contact to the surface, respecting the max.
resistance of 3 mΩ. The DLNA can be mounted on a shelf or directly on the
fuselage.
Important!
If the DLNA is mounted directly on fuselage, mount with
Cadmium plated washers between the DLNA and fuselage.
The coax cable between the DLNA and the antenna must be a low-loss coax cable.
See Wiring Antenna Systems on page 5-14 for requirements to the cable.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-5
Mounting Considerations
5.2.7
Antenna
General Mounting Considerations
Refer to the antenna manual for details on mounting the antenna. Make sure all
requirements in the antenna mounting instructions are met.
Place the antenna with unobstructed view to the satellite.
WARNING! Respect a safety distance of minimum 6.6 feet (2 metres) of the
antenna when the system is transmitting, unless the antenna manual
or the specific system configuration presents different
requirements.
Note:
The antenna installation must be in accordance with the aircraft
manufacturers requirements and/or FAA AC 43.13 - 1B/2A and
approved by the appropriate Civil Aviation Authorities.
Satcom filter
If the GPS antenna for the existing GPS receiver on board the aircraft does not
provide sufficient filtering it may be necessary to install a Satcom filter for the
GPS antenna.
Cables to the antennas
Be aware that the shorter the cable is, the better the system performance is.
Do not bend the cables to a radius smaller than the minimum bend radius stated
for the cables.
For further information on cables, see Wiring Antenna Systems on page 5-14,
Wiring Antenna Systems With HSU Installed on page 5-65 and
Recommended Cables on page 5-81
5-6
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
5.3
Electrical Installation and Wiring
5.3.1
Wiring Symbols
Throughout the wiring section these common symbols are used:
Coax
Shield
Ground
Twisted
Twisted and shielded
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-7
Electrical Installation and Wiring
5.3.2
Wiring Power Supply
Important!
Do not use the same 20 A circuit breaker for both the SDU and the
HPA. Use separate circuit breakers as described in this section, and
with the current rating stated here.
Wiring of Satellite Data Unit
The Aircraft Power Bus provides the electric power required to operate the SDU,
and a chassis connection to the aircraft chassis and the installation tray. The
+28 V DC Power wire must include a circuit breaker capable of carrying the
required current continuously under the required environmental conditions.
The following drawing shows the wiring of the SDU power supply.
Requirements to the wiring are stated in the notes on the drawing and in the
section Cable Requirements, SDU Power Supply on page 5-10.
28VDC
Aircraft Power Bus
[4]
[1]
4A
[2]
TP1 +28 VDC Power
TP2 GND, Power Return
[3]
TP3
Chassis Ground and Handset Power Return
TT-5035A
SDU
20
AWG
[5]
TP5 Remote ON/OFF (nON)
[1] Total resistance max. 200 mΩ incl. Circuit Breaker.
[2] Total resistance max. 25 mΩ .
[3] Directly to Aircraft chassis, max. 1 m cable length to prevent EMC problems and max. 25 mΩ resistance
[4] Recommended circuit breaker: Klixon 2TC series, 4 A current rating
[5] If SATCOM On/Off switch is required, TP5 is routed to an external switch to ground
Figure 5-3: Wiring SDU Power Supply
5-8
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
The following list shows the pins used for the SDU power supply.
SDU pin Name
Description
TP1
+28 V DC Power
+28 V DC Power input from Aircraft power bus.
TP2
GND, Power Return
Aircraft Ground connection
TP3
Chassis Ground and
Handset Power Return
Chassis connection, connected to installation
tray and Aircraft chassis.
Also used for handset power return.
TP5
Remote ON/OFF (nON)
Power On/Off for the SDU and handsets.
Table 5-1: Pins for SDU Power Supply
+28 V DC Power (TP1)
It is essential to keep the line impedance below the specified limits. See Cable
Requirements, SDU Power Supply on page 5-10.
Reverse polarity protection is only guaranteed if the suggested circuit breaker is
used.
Required current capability for the Circuit Breaker: 48 W @ 17.3 V DC which
equals 2.8 A DC at the required environmental conditions.
A suitable circuit breaker would be Klixon 2TC series with 4 A current rating.
Important!
Do not use the HPA 20 A circuit breaker for both the HPA and the
SDU.
Chassis Ground / Handset Power Return (TP3)
The Chassis connection makes sure that the HPA cabinet and the installation tray
has the same potential, and that there is a connection from the wiring shields to the
cabinet for EMC purposes.
Connect the wire directly to the installation tray, and to aircraft chassis.
TP3 also connects to the Handset Power Return.
Remote On/Off (nON) input (TP5)
The nON input is used to turn the SDU and the power supply to the handsets on
and off. Connection of this input to ground turns on the SDU and all other units in
the SATCOM system (Handsets, DLNA, HPA and HGA-7000 Antenna).
However, ARINC 741 Antennas and DLNAs are not turned off when the SDU is
turned off.
The electrical specifications are defined like the discrete WOW input type. Please
refer to Discrete type and description: on page 5-57.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-9
Electrical Installation and Wiring
Cable Requirements, SDU Power Supply
Cablea
Max. Resistance
[1]
(+28 V DC)
200 mΩ,
incl. circuit breaker
[2]
(GND, Power
Return)
25 mΩ
The cable should be as short as possible.
[3]
(Chassis Ground)
25 mΩ
Connect directly to aircraft chassis.
Other Requirements
Table 5-2: Requirements to SDU Power Cables
a. The cable numbers refer to the numbers stated on the wiring drawing in the section
Wiring of Satellite Data Unit on page 5-8.
Note:
5-10
Maximum cable lengths are calculated and listed in the section Power
Cables, Allowed Cable Lengths on page 5-81.
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
Wiring of High Power Amplifier
The Aircraft power bus provides the electric power required to operate the HPA,
and a chassis connection to the aircraft chassis and the installation tray. The
+28 V DC Power wire must include a circuit breaker capable of carrying the
required current continuously under the required environmental conditions.
The following drawing shows the wiring of the HPA power supply.
Requirements to the wiring are stated in the notes on the drawing and in the
section Cable Requirements, HPA Power Supply on page 5-13.
28 V DC
Aircraft Power Bus
[4]
20A
[1]
BP A1 +28 V DC Power
[2]
BP A2 GND, Power Return
[3]
TT-5035A
BP57
SDU
BP30 Chassis
[5]
TT-5014A
HPA
BP6 nON
[1] Total resistance max. 100 mΩ incl. Circuit Breaker.
[2] Total resistance max. 25 mΩ.
[3] Directly to Aircraft chassis, max. 0.6 m cable length (AWG 20) to prevent EMC problems and
max. resistance 25 mΩ.
[4] Recommended circuit breaker: Klixon 2TC series, 20 A current rating.
[5] Must be shielded to prevent EMC problems.
Figure 5-4: Wiring HPA Power Supply
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-11
Electrical Installation and Wiring
The following list shows the pins used for the HPA power supply.
HPA pin Name
Description
BP A1
+28 V DC Power
+28 V DC Power input from Aircraft power bus.
BP A2
GND, Power Return
Aircraft ground connection.
BP30
Chassis
Chassis connection, connected to installation
tray and Aircraft chassis.
BP6
nON
HPA power on/off controlled by the SDU.
Table 5-3: Pins for HPA Power Supply
SDU pin
Name
Description
BP57
HPA remote nON/OFF output Power On/Off control for the HPA.
Table 5-4: Pin for Remote HPA Power on/off by SDU
This section describes the installation requirements for HPA power supply
interface. The connection from the HPA to the Aircraft power bus normally goes
through the tray connector. The connector also supports other signals. For
information on pin-out, please refer to TT-5014A High Power Amplifier on
page 4-11.
+28 V DC Power
It is essential to keep the line impedance below the specified limits. See Cable
Requirements, HPA Power Supply on page 5-13.
Reverse polarity protection is only guaranteed if the suggested circuit breaker is
used.
Required current capability for the Circuit Breaker: 235 W @ 15.7 V DC, which
equals 15 A DC, at the required environmental conditions.
A suitable circuit breaker would be Klixon 2TC series with 20 A current rating.
Chassis (BP30)
The Chassis connection makes sure that the HPA cabinet and the installation tray
has the same potential, and that there is a connection from the wiring shields to
cabinet for EMC purposes.
Connect the wire directly to the installation tray, and to aircraft chassis.
nON (BP6)
The nON input is used by the SDU (BP57) to turn the HPA on and off. The SDU
connects this input to ground to turn on the HPA.
5-12
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
Cable Requirements, HPA Power Supply
Cablea
Max. Resistance
[1]
(+28 V DC Power)
100 mΩ,
incl. circuit breaker
[2]
(GND, Power Return)
25 mΩ
[3]
(Chassis)
25 mΩ
Connect directly to aircraft chassis.
[5]
(nON)
Must be shielded to avoid EMC
problems.
Other Requirements
Table 5-5: Requirements to HPA Power Cables
a. The cable numbers refer to the numbers stated on the wiring drawing in the section
Wiring of High Power Amplifier on page 5-11.
Note:
TT98-113625-D
Maximum cable lengths are calculated and listed in the section Power
Cables, Allowed Cable Lengths on page 5-81.
Chapter 5: Installation
5-13
Electrical Installation and Wiring
5.3.3
Wiring Antenna Systems
Cable Losses
During installation, it is important that you write down the cable losses of the RF
cables. For this purpose, you may use the last part of the check sheet in PreInstallation Check on page 7-2.
The cable losses must be registered in the HSD+CP during configuration of the
system. For further information, see Basic Configuration on page 6-6 or the
online help in the HSD+CP.
5-14
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
Wiring of HGA-7000 Antenna
The following drawing shows the wiring for an Aero-HSD+ system using an
HGA-7000 antenna.
Note:
For information on wiring an HGA-7000 Antenna when the TT-5038A
HSU is installed, see HGA-7000 Antenna with HSU on page 5-65.
Requirements to the cables are stated on the drawing and in the section Cable
Requirements, HGA-7000 Antenna on page 5-17.
W7
Built-in
BSU
[5]
J2 IF2
TP A4
HGA-7000
J1 IF1
W3
[3], [4]
TT-5035A
SDU TP A1
GND
X2 Ant
W5 [2]
X1 RX
[6]
TT-5012A
DLNA
X3 TX
W4 [3]
TP1
BP78
BP79
BP80
BP81
HPA CONTROL
DATA / BITE
BP57
HPA nON
TP A2
W6
[1]
BP27
BP28
BP25
BP26
BP6
TT-5014A
HPA
TP2
[1] Coax, loss from cable W6 max. 12 dB
[2] Coax, loss from cable W5 max. 15 dB
[3] Coax, total loss from cable W3 and cable W4 max. 1.8 dB
[4] Coax, loss from cable W3 max. 0.3 dB
[5] Coax, loss from cable W7 max. 17 dB
[6] 16 AWG, max. 1 ft long, max. resistance 3 mΩ
Figure 5-5: Wiring HGA-7000 Antenna and TT-5012A DLNA
Important!
TT98-113625-D
Remember to write down the cable losses. See Cable Losses on
page 5-14.
Chapter 5: Installation
5-15
Electrical Installation and Wiring
The following list shows the pins in the Aero-HSD+ system used for connecting
the HGA-7000 antenna.
SDU pin Name/Description
TP A1
RF Rx input from TT-5012A DLNA/12V DC power to DLNA (Coax)
TP A2
RF Tx output to HPA (Coax)
TP A4
Antenna Modem Interface (Coax)
BP57
HPA remote nOn/Off output
BP78
HPA Control Output A, RS-422
BP79
HPA Control Output B, RS-422
BP80
HPA Data/BITE Input A, RS-422
BP81
HPA Data/BITE Input B, RS-422
Table 5-6: SDU Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna
HPA pin Name/Description
TP1
RF output to TT-5012A DLNA (Coax)
TP2
RF input from SDU (Coax)
BP6
Remote nOn/Off input from SDU
BP25
Tx Data/BITE Output A, RS-422, to SDU
BP26
Tx Data/BITE Output B, RS-422, to SDU
BP27
Rx Control Input A, RS-422, from SDU
BP28
Rx Control Input B, RS-422, from SDU
Table 5-7: HPA Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna
5-16
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
Cable Requirements, HGA-7000 Antenna
The following list shows the cable requirements to the RF cables in the
Aero-HSD+ system when using an HGA-7000 antenna.
Cablea
Type
Min.
Cable Loss
@1.6 GHz
Max.
Cable Loss
@1.6 GHz
W3
(DLNA-Antenna)
Coax
0 dB
0.3 dB
W4
(HPA-DLNA)
Coax
0 dB
1.8 dB - W3
W3 and W4
Coax
0 dB
Total:
1.8 dB
W5
(TT-5012A DLNA
to SDU)
Coax
0 dB
15 dB
W6
(RF Tx output from
SDU to HPA)
Coax
0 dB
12 dB
W7
(Antenna modem
interface)
Coax
0 dB
17 dB
GND on DLNA
Other Requirements
Resistance: Max. 3 mΩ
Table 5-8: Requirements to RF Cables, HGA-7000 Antenna
a. The “W” cable numbers refer to the numbers stated on the wiring drawing in the section
Wiring of HGA-7000 Antenna on page 5-15.
Note:
TT98-113625-D
For recommended cable types, see Recommended RF Cables on
page 5-84.
Chapter 5: Installation
5-17
Electrical Installation and Wiring
Wiring ARINC 741 Antenna Systems
The following drawing shows the wiring for an Aero-HSD+ system using the
AMT-50 antenna subsystem.
Note:
For information on wiring an AMT-50 subsystem when the TT-5038A
HSU is installed, see AMT-50 Subsystem With HSU on page 5-69.
Requirements to the cables are stated on the drawing and in the section RF Cable
Requirements, AMT-50 Subsystem on page 5-20.
TP A1
W5
AMT-50 Subsystem
[2]
J2
W3
AMT-50
DLNA
J1
[3] [4]
AMT-50
Ant.
J3
AMT-50
ACU
BP57
TP A2
HPA CONTROL
DATA / BITE
HPA nON
W6[1]
BP27
BP28
BP25
BP26
TT-5014A
HPA
BP13
BP14
TP1
BP8
BP9
BP78
BP79
BP80
BP81
A429 Tx (HS)
W4 [3]
TT-5035A
SDU
GH
A429 Rx (LS)
AB
BP6
TP2
[1] Coax, loss from cable W6 max. 12 dB
[2] Coax, loss from cable W5 min. 6 dB and max. 29 dB
[3] Coax, total loss from cable W3 and cable W4 max. 1.8 dB
[4] Coax, loss from cable W3 max. 0.3 dB
Figure 5-6: Wiring AMT-50 Subsystem
Important!
5-18
Remember to write down the cable losses. See Cable Losses on
page 5-14.
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
The following list shows the pins in the Aero-HSD+ system used for connecting
the AMT-50 Subsystem.
SDU pin
Name/Description
TP A1
RF Rx input from ARINC 741 DLNA (Coax)
TP A2
RF Tx output to HPA (Coax)
BP57
HPA remote nOn/Off output
BP78
HPA Control Output A, RS-422
BP79
HPA Control Output B, RS-422
BP80
HPA Data/BITE Input A, RS-422
BP81
HPA Data/BITE Input B, RS-422
Table 5-9: SDU Pins for AMT-50 Subsystem
HPA pin Name/Description
TP1
RF output to ARINC 741 DLNA (Coax)
TP2
RF input from SDU (Coax)
BP6
Remote nOn/Off input from SDU
BP8
A429 Tx A output to AMT-50 ACU
BP9
A429 Tx B output to AMT-50 ACU
BP13
A429 Rx1 A input from AMT-50 ACU
BP14
A429 Rx1 B input from AMT-50 ACU
BP25
Tx Data/BITE Output A, RS-422, to SDU
BP26
Tx Data/BITE Output B, RS-422, to SDU
BP27
Rx Control Input A, RS-422, from SDU
BP28
Rx Control Input B, RS-422, from SDU
Table 5-10: HPA Pins for AMT-50 Subsystem
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-19
Electrical Installation and Wiring
RF Cable Requirements, AMT-50 Subsystem
The following list shows the cable requirements to the RF cables in the
Aero-HSD+ system when using an AMT-50 antenna subsystem.
Cablea
Type
Min. Cable Loss
@1.6 GHz
Max. Cable
Loss@1.6 GHz
W3
(DLNA-Antenna)
Coax
0 dB
0.3 dB
W4
(HPA-DLNA)
Coax
0 dB
1.8 dB - W3
W3 and W4
Coax
0 dB
Total: 1.8 dB
W5
(ARINC 741 DLNA
to SDU)
Coax
6 dB
29 dB
W6
(RF Tx output from
SDU to HPA)
Coax
0 dB
12 dB
Table 5-11: Requirements to RF Cables, AMT-50 Subsystem
a. The “W” cable numbers refer to the numbers stated on the wiring drawing
in the section Wiring ARINC 741 Antenna Systems on page 5-18.
Note:
For recommended cable types, see Recommended RF Cables on
page 5-84.
Cable Requirements, ARINC 429
The cables for the ARINC 429 interfaces must be twisted and shielded and
conform to the standards for aeronautical use.
For recommended cable types, see Recommended Cables for ARINC 429 on
page 5-84.
5-20
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
Wiring ARINC 741 Dual Side Panel Antenna System (Future Use)
The following drawing shows the wiring of an ARINC 741 dual side panel
antenna system.
Aero-HSD+ System
ARINC 741 Dual Side Panel Antenna System
A429 Rx1 A, BP13
A429 Rx1 B, BP14
A429 Tx A, BP8
A429 Tx B, BP9
HPA Mute 1 A, BP17
HPA Mute 1 B, BP18
BSU
(Port)
Ant
DLNA
(Port)
Tx
[3]
RF Tx output, TP1
Rx
[3]
[2]
HPR
Combiner
[3]
[2]
Tx
TT-5014A
HPA
HGA
(Port)
Rx
DLNA
(STBO)
Ant
A429 Rx2 A,
A429 Rx2 B,
A429 Tx A,
A429 Tx B,
HPA Mute 2 A,
HPA Mute 2 B,
BP15
BP16
BP10
BP11
BP19
BP20
BP27
BP28
BP25
BP26
BP6
HPA CONTROL
Data/BITE
HPA nON
BSU
(STBO)
HGA
(STBO)
BP78
BP79
BP80
BP81
TT-5035A
SDU
BP57
TPA1
TP2
RF Tx
W6 [1]
[2]
RF Rx
TP A2
[1] Coax, loss from cable W6: max. 12 dB
[2] Coax, total loss from each of the DLNAs to the SDU, including loss in
the Combiner: min. 6 dB and max. 29 dB
[3] Coax, total loss from HPA to each of the DLNAs, including loss in the
HPR: max. 1.5 dB, assuming that the total loss from DLNA to antenna is
0.3 dB.
Figure 5-7: Wiring ARINC 741 Dual Side Panel Antenna System
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-21
Electrical Installation and Wiring
Important!
Remember to write down the cable losses. See Cable Losses on
page 5-14.
The following list shows the pins in the Aero-HSD+ system used for connecting a
Dual Side Panel antenna system.
HPA pin
Name/Description
TP1
RF Tx output to HPR (Coax)
TP2
RF Tx input from SDU (Coax)
BP6
Remote nOn/Off input from SDU
BP8
A429 Tx A output to BSU (Port)
BP9
A429 Tx B output to BSU (Port)
BP10
A429 Tx A output to BSU (STBO)
BP11
A429 Tx B output to BSU (STBO)
BP13
A429 Rx1 A input from BSU (Port)
BP14
A429 Rx1 B input from BSU (Port)
BP15
A429 Rx2 A input from BSU (STBO)
BP16
A429 Rx2 B input from BSU (STBO)
BP17
HPA Mute 1 A input from BSU (Port)
BP18
HPA Mute 1 B input from BSU (Port)
BP19
HPA Mute 2 A input from BSU (STBO)
BP20
HPA Mute 2 B input from BSU (STBO)
BP25
Tx Data/BITE Output A, RS-422, to SDU
BP26
Tx Data/BITE Output B, RS-422, to SDU
BP27
Rx Control Input A, RS-422, from SDU
BP28
Rx Control Input B, RS-422, from SDU
Table 5-12: HPA Pins for Dual Side Panel Antenna System
5-22
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
SDU pin
Name/Description
TP A1
RF Rx input from Combiner (Coax)
TP A2
RF Tx output to HPA (Coax)
BP57
HPA remote nOn/Off output
BP78
HPA Control Output A, RS-422
BP79
HPA Control Output B, RS-422
BP80
HPA Data/BITE Input A, RS-422
BP81
HPA Data/BITE Input B, RS-422
Table 5-13: SDU Pins for Dual Side Panel Antenna System
RF Cable Requirements, ARINC 741 Dual Side Panel Antenna System
The following list shows the cable requirements to the RF cables in the
Aero-HSD+ system when using an ARINC 741 Dual Side Panel Antenna System.
Cablea
Type
Min. Cable Loss
@1.6 GHz
Max. Cable
Loss@1.6 GHz
RF Rx input from each
DLNA to SDU, incl.
loss in Combiner
Coax
6 dB
29 dB
RF Tx output from HPA
to DLNA, incl. loss in
HPR
Coax
0 dB
1.5 dB, assuming
that the loss from
DLNA to antenna
is 0.3 dB.
W6
(RF Tx output from
SDU to HPA)
Coax
0 dB
12 dB
Table 5-14: Requirements to RF Cables, ARINC 741 Dual Side Panel Antenna
System
a. The “W” cable numbers refer to the numbers stated on the wiring drawing in
the section Wiring ARINC 741 Dual Side Panel Antenna System (Future
Use) on page 5-21.
Note:
TT98-113625-D
For recommended cable types, see Recommended RF Cables on
page 5-84.
Chapter 5: Installation
5-23
Electrical Installation and Wiring
5.3.4
Wiring ARINC 429 Interfaces
AHRS/IRS
The SDU has two high or low speed ARINC 429 input interfaces for IRS #1 and
IRS #2. These inputs can also be used as Attitude and Heading Reference System
inputs (AHRS).
Important!
ARINC specifies that when installing AHRS, a switch must be
installed, in order to be able to switch to Direct Gyro Mode when
the aircraft is on ground.
This is done to avoid magnetic interference, which can influence
the AHRS heading.
The following drawing shows the wiring of AHRS/IRS. Requirements to the
cables are stated in the section Cable Requirements, ARINC 429 on page 5-28.
AHRS / IRS
#1
ARINC 429 RX
BP26
BP27
TT-5035A
SDU
AHRS / IRS
#2
ARINC 429 RX
BP28
BP29
Figure 5-8: Wiring AHRS/IRS
The following list shows the pins used for AHRS or IRS:
SDU Pin
Name/Description
BP26
Data from primary IRS 429 A /Data from primary AHRS 429 A
BP27
Data from primary IRS 429 B /Data from primary AHRS 429 B
BP28
Data from secondary IRS 429 A /Data from secondary AHRS 429 A
BP29
Data from secondary IRS 429 B /Data from secondary AHRS 429 B
Table 5-15: SDU Pins for IRS and AHARS
5-24
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
When the system is configured with the HSD+ Configuration Program, the
Configuration Module will contain the information of:
• IRS or AHRS is installed.
• IRS/AHRS # 1 or #2 or both are installed.
Note:
If #1 and #2 are both installed, they must be of the same type (IRS or
AHRS).
• ARINC 429 Speed (High or Low).
If IRS is used, the Antenna positioning data and Doppler correction are computed
from the IRS data alone, but if AHRS is used, the GPS must provide the SDU with
3D ECEF position and speed.
Note:
AHRS can only be used with the HGA-7000 antenna, which contains a
built-in GPS antenna.
ARINC Data Format for IRS
The required ARINC data format for IRS is listed in the following table:
Label
(octal)
Name
Minimum
Update rate
310
Latitude
1 Hz
311
Longitude
1 Hz
312
Ground speed
1 Hz
313
Track angle
1 Hz
314
True heading
10 Hz
324
Pitch angle
10 Hz
325
Roll angle
10 Hz
336
Pitch rate
10 Hz
337
Roll rate
10 Hz
361
Altitude
1 Hz
Table 5-16: ARINC Data Format for IRS
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-25
Electrical Installation and Wiring
ARINC Data Format for AHRS
The required ARINC data format for AHRS is listed in the following table:
Label
(octal)
Name
Minimum
Update rate
320
Magnetic heading
10 Hz
324
Pitch angle
10 Hz
325
Roll angle
10 Hz
336
Pitch rate
10 Hz
337
Roll rate
10 Hz
Table 5-17: ARINC Data Format for AHRS
ACARS/CMU
The SDU has ARINC 429 interfaces for 2 high or low speed (HS/LS)
ACARS/CMU including one output port and 2 input ports.
The following drawing shows the wiring of ACARS/CMU. Requirements to the
cables are stated in the section Cable Requirements, ARINC 429 on page 5-28.
HS/LS ARINC 429 RX
ACARS / CMU
#1
HS/LS ARINC 429 TX
BP40
BP41
BP42
BP43
TT-5035A
SDU
ACARS / CMU
#2
HS/LS ARINC 429 RX
BP44
BP45
Figure 5-9: Wiring ACARS/CMU
5-26
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
The following list shows the pins used for an Airborne Communications
Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS) or a Communications Management
Unit (CMU):
SDU Pin
Name/Description
BP40
Data bus from ACARS/CMU #1 429 A
BP41
Data bus from ACARS/CMU #1 429 B
BP42
Data bus to ACARS/CMU #1 & #2 429 A
BP43
Data bus to ACARS/CMU #1 & #2 429 B
BP44
Data bus from ACARS/CMU #2 429 A
BP45
Data bus from ACARS/CMU #2 429 B
Table 5-18: SDU Pins for CMU
The data speed can be configured to high or low (HS/LS), defined by the
Configuration Module.
CPDF (Future Use)
The SDU has interfaces prepared for two future Cabin Packet Data Functions.
The interfaces for CPDF #1 and #2 are high or low speed ARINC 429 input and
output.
The two ports are connected to separate serial ports.
The following drawing shows the wiring of CPDF. Requirements to the cables are
stated in the section Cable Requirements, ARINC 429 on page 5-28.
ARINC 429 TX
CPDF #1
ARINC 429 RX
ARINC 429 TX
CPDF #2
ARINC 429 RX
BP34
BP35
BP32
BP33
TT-5035A
SDU
BP38
BP39
BP36
BP37
Figure 5-10: Wiring CPDF
Note:
TT98-113625-D
CPDF #1 will not be available when the TT-5038A HSU is installed.
Chapter 5: Installation
5-27
Electrical Installation and Wiring
MCDU/FMS (Future Use)
The SDU has interfaces prepared for two future high or low speed ARINC 429
interfaces for communication with MCDU/FMS #1 and MCDU/FMS #2. One
common output and two inputs.
The following drawing shows the wiring of MCDU/FMS. Requirements to the
cables are stated in the section Cable Requirements, ARINC 429 on page 5-28.
HS/LS ARINC 429 RX
MCDU/FMS #1
HS/LS ARINC 429 TX
BP46
BP47
BP48
BP49
TT-5035A
SDU
MCDU/FMS #2 /
AES ID
HS/LS ARINC 429 RX
BP30
BP31
Figure 5-11: Wiring MCDU/FMS
The Configuration Module contains information if the FMS is installed, and which
data rate is used (high or low).
MCDU/FMS input #2 may also, in the future, be configured to AES ID input
(ARINC 429 ICAO Address). However, this is not yet implemented.
Cable Requirements, ARINC 429
The cables for the ARINC 429 interfaces must be twisted and shielded and
conform to the standards for aeronautical use.
For recommended cable types, see Recommended Cables for ARINC 429 on
page 5-84.
5-28
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
5.3.5
Wiring ICAO Address
Strapped ICAO Address
A unique aircraft identification code (ICAO address) must be assigned at
installation. The national authority of aeronautical identification coordinates
assignment of the code.
The ICAO address must be defined in the Configuration Module, using the
Aero-HSD+ Configuration Program.
The SDU obtains the ICAO address from the 24 bit discrete address (must be
hardware strapped using the 24 discrete inputs on the SDU).
The strapped ICAO address is compared to the ICAO address in the Configuration
Module. If they do not match, the Aero-HSD+ system suspends all RF
communication.
Other Sources for the ICAO Address (future use)
In the future, the SDU will be able to obtain the ICAO address from various
sources.
• the CMUs
• the AES_ID from the ARINC bus
• the 24 bit discrete address (hardware strapped)
The SDU will search for the ICAO address to ensure it is operating in the right
aircraft. When the SDU tries to retrieve the ICAO address, it will first check the
CMUs, then the AES_ID from the ARINC bus, and last the hardware strapped
ICAO address.
The found ICAO address is then compared to the ICAO address in the
Configuration Module. If they do not match, the Aero-HSD+ system will suspend
all RF communication.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-29
Electrical Installation and Wiring
Wiring ICAO Address
The following drawing shows the wiring of the 24 bit discrete ICAO address and
the AES ID (future use). Requirements to the AES ID ARINC 429 cable are stated
in the section Cable Requirements, ARINC 429 on page 5-28.
24 bit ICAO
address
discrete
ICAO ADDRESS BIT #1 (MSB)
ICAO ADDRESS BIT #24 (LSB)
ICAO ADDRESS COMMON
AES ID/
FMS
HS/LS ARINC 429 RX
BP1
BP24
BP25
TT-5035A
SDU
BP30
BP31
Figure 5-12: Wiring ICAO
Wiring 24 bit Discrete ICAO Address
The SDU has 24 discrete inputs used
to encode the 24-bit ICAO address, in
which the SDU is installed.
BIN
Each ICAO address consists of eight
digits, and each digit value is
determined by strapping 3 bits
(octal).
Note:
The HSD+ Configuration
Program shows which pins
to connect if you type in the
wanted ICAO address in the
Config Module field in the
Identification window.
DEC
}0
}1
}2
}3
}4
}5
}6
}7
Figure 5-13: Example of Wiring the
Fictional ICAO Address 01234567
5-30
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
Do as follows to strap the ICAO address:
1. Leave pins assigned to the binary “one” state open (internal pull up).
Binary “one” (open circuit) is ≥100 kΩ.
2. Strap pins assigned to the binary “zero” state to BP25 (ICAO Address
Common) on the airframe side of the connector.
Binary “zero” (strapped to BP25) is ≤10 Ω.
3. Enter the ICAO address in the HSD+ Configuration Program.
If the aircraft uses a US N-type registration number, the HSD+ Configuration
Program can calculate the ICAO address from this number. Use the US NType Calculator button in the Identification window of the HSD+CP.
When the system is powered, the SDU reads the strapped ICAO address from the
SDU rack connector and compares it to the ICAO address entered in the
Configuration Module. If the SDU does not detect or recognize the strapped ICAO
address, the Aero-HSD+ system will suspend all RF transmission until the error is
corrected.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-31
Electrical Installation and Wiring
5.3.6
Wiring MPDS RS-422, MPDS Ethernet and ISDN
The SDU supports 56/64 kbit/s data rate and G4 fax on the High Speed Channel
connection. The interface can address up to 8 ISDN Phones. Note that the satellite
channel only supports one B channel and one Inmarsat signalling channel.
Note:
For information on wiring a TT-5038A HSU to MPDS and ISDN, see
Wiring HSU to MPDS RS-232 , MPDS Ethernet and ISDN on
page 5-73.
The following drawing shows the wiring of the SDU to MPDS RS-422, MPDS
Ethernet and ISDN. Requirements to the cables are stated in the sections Cable
Requirements, MPDS RS-422 on page 5-33, Cable Requirements, ISDN on
page 5-35 and Cable Requirements, MPDS Ethernet 10BaseT on page 5-34.
DCE
BP58
BP59
BP60
BP61
MPDS RTS-B input,
MPDS RTS-A input,
MPDS CTS-B output,
MPDS CTS-A output,
BP62
BP63
BP64
BP65
RS-422
MPDS DTR B input, BP102
MPDS DTR A input, BP103
TT-5035A
SDU
DCE/Hub
MPDS TXD-B input,
MPDS TXD-A Input,
MPDS RXD-B output,
MPDS RXD-A output,
MPDS DCD B output, BP104
MPDS DCD A output, BP105
10BaseT Ethernet input, TPA3.1
10BaseT Ethernet input, TPA3.3
10BaseT Ethernet output, TPA3.2
10BaseT Ethernet output, TPA3.4
NT1
ISDN TxP output,
ISDN TxN output,
ISDN RxP input,
ISDN RxN input,
BP67
BP68
BP66
BP69
TxD-B output
TxD-A output
RxD-B input
RxD-A input
GND
RTS-B output
RTS-A output
CTS-B input
CTS-A input
MPDS
(DTE)
DTR-B output
DTR-A output
DSR-B input
DSR-A input
DCD-B input
DCD-A input
1 TxD+ output
2 TxD- output
3 RxD+ input
6 RxD- input
3 Rx+ input
6 Rx- input
4 Tx+ output
5 Tx- output
MPDS
Ethernet 10BaseT
(DTE)
RJ45 Female Connector
ISDN
(TE)
RJ45 Female Connector
Figure 5-14: Wiring MPDS RS-422, MPDS Ethernet and ISDN
5-32
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
MPDS RS-422 Pins
SDU pin
Name
Description
BP58
MPDS TxD B
Input A RS-422 115.2 kbit/s
BP59
MPDS TxD A
Input B RS-422 115.2 kbit/s
BP60
MPDS RxD B
Output A RS-422 115.2 kbit/s
BP61
MPDS RxD A
Output B RS-422 115.2 kbit/s
BP62
MPDS RTS B
Input A RS-422 DCE hardware flow control
BP63
MPDS RTS A
Input B RS-422 DCE hardware flow control
BP64
MPDS CTS B
Output A RS-422 DCE hardware flow control
BP65
MPDS CTS A
Output B RS-422 DCE hardware flow control
BP102
MPDS DTR B
Input A RS-422 DCE hardware flow control
BP103
MPDS DTR A
Input B RS-422 DCE hardware flow control
BP104
MPDS DCD B
Output A RS-422 DCE hardware flow control
BP105
MPDS DCD A
Output B RS-422 DCE hardware flow control
Table 5-19: SDU Pins for MPDS RS-422
RS-422 115.2 kbit/s Asynchronous RFC 1549 HDLC (www.ietf.org)
Configuration: DCE with hardware flow control (RTS and CTS as RS-422
signals).
The SDU supports an effective data rate of 64 kbit/s on the MPDS connection.
Cable Requirements, MPDS RS-422
The cable for the MPDS RS-422 interface must be a 100 Ω twisted and shielded
cable.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-33
Electrical Installation and Wiring
MPDS Ethernet 10BaseT Pins
The SDU Rear Connector Top Plug (TP) has a Quadrax connector insert in TP A3,
used for MPDS over Ethernet.
Important!
Make sure the coding pin is inserted properly when you plug in the
Quadrax connector. It is possible to accidentally misplace the
coding pin, which could damage the connector or the SDU.
Refer to Figure 3-14: Contact Assembly: Quadrax Pin size 5 special: ITT
Cannon 244-0011-001 for information on assembly of the Quadrax connector.
SDU pin
Name
Description RJ45 PIN (F) Name
TP A3.1
Tx+
Input
TxD+
TP A3.2
Rx+
Output
RxD+
TP A3.3
Tx-
Input
TxD-
TP A3.4
Rx-
Output
RxD-
Table 5-20: SDU Pins for MPDS 10BaseT Ethernet
The 10 Mbit/s Ethernet interface physical layer conforms to [1] (IEEE standard
802.3, Chapter 14: “Twisted Pair medium attachment unit”), except for the
connector type. To be compliant with [1], an RJ45 female connector must be used
for the user interface. The connector pin assignment must be according to [1] and
[2] as shown in Figure 5-15: MPDS Ethernet RJ45 Connector and Cable
Connection to SDU.
RJ45
female
1 23 45 67 8
to DTE
TxD+
TX+ input
TxD-
TX- input
RxD+
Shield
n.c.
RX+ output
n.c.
RxD-
SDU pin TP A3
View: Cable insert
RX- output
n.c.
n.c.
100Ω Quadrax twisted
and shielded pairs
SDU (DCE/Hub)
Figure 5-15: MPDS Ethernet RJ45 Connector and Cable Connection to SDU.
The SDU is defined as a DCE or a Hub i.e. TxD is input and RxD is output.
Cable Requirements, MPDS Ethernet 10BaseT
The cable for the MPDS Ethernet 10BaseT interface must be a 100 Ω 4-wire
twisted and shielded cable.
Recommended cable types are listed in Cables for MPDS Ethernet on SDU
(Quadrax Connector) on page 5-85.
5-34
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
ISDN Pins
SDU pin Name
Description
RJ45 PIN (F)
BP67
ISDN TxP
Output
BP68
ISDN TxN
Output
BP66
ISDN RxP
Input
BP69
ISDN RxN
Input
Table 5-21: SDU Pins for ISDN
Name
Rx+
Rx-
Tx+
Tx-
The Euro ISDN S-bus interface on the SDU is configured as the network side of
the NT1 interface i.e. Rx is an input and Tx is an output. Please note that this
configuration of input and output differs from the configuration of the 10BaseT
Ethernet, RS-422 MPDS and RS-232 PC interface input/output.
An RJ-45 Female Connector must be connected to the four wire ISDN lines from
the SDU in order to be compliant with [2] (ISO8877 ISO/IEC 8877) and the ISDN
connector specification defined by [5] (ITU-T Recommendation I.420).
The SDU includes an internal 100 Ω termination resistor to support cable lengths
longer than 3 meters.
RJ45
female
1 23 45 67 8
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
ISDN Rx+ Input
ISDN Tx+ Output
ISDN Tx- Output
ISDN Rx- Input
RJ45 (Female Connector)
Figure 5-16: ISDN RJ45 Connector
The Euro ISDN S-bus interface can power supply 4 ISDN phones but supports 8
phones (where 4 of them must have their own power supply). At power hold-up,
only power for one phone is available i.e. if more than one phone is connected, the
SDU may reset if an incoming call is received, or if more than one phone is offhook, during a power hold-up session.
Cable Requirements, ISDN
The cable for the ISDN interface must be a 100 Ω 4-wire shielded cable. The
conductors must be twisted in pairs.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-35
Electrical Installation and Wiring
5.3.7
Wiring Telephone Systems
Built-In Private Branch Exchange (PBX)
The built-in PBX controls four 4-wire audio interfaces, two 2-wire POTS
interfaces and one ISDN interface.
4-Wire Audio
The 4-wire interfaces can be connected and configured to the 4-wire systems
listed below:
• TT-5020A/TT-5022A Handset/cradle system
• Up to two MagnaStar AIU (Analog Interface Units)
• Up to three 2.4 GHz Wireless handset base stations with WH-10 Satcom
interface
• Up to three WH-10 handsets
• Up to two Cockpit Voice Interfaces (for future use)
The four 4-wire handset interfaces are numbered handset interface #1 to #4.
• Handset interface #1 and #2 may interface to all systems mentioned above.
• Handset interface #3 may interface to all systems mentioned above except
Cockpit Voice.
• Handset interface #4 may only interface to TT-5020A/TT-5022A
Handset/cradle system.
The TT-5020A/TT-5022A Handset/cradle system is also used for configuration of
the handsets, phone book etc., and as a BITE and Satcom Status display. In order
to take advantage of these features, the SDU must be connected to at least one TT5020A/TT-5022A Handset/cradle system (typically handset #4).
5-36
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
2-wire POTS
The 2-wire interfaces may be connected and configured to the 2-wire systems
listed below:
• TT-5021B / TT-5022B Cradle/Handset
• 2.4 GHz Wireless Phone with POTS interface
• Sigma7 phone with POTS interface
• FAX or Modem data with POTS interface
The maximum number of phones on each 2-wire POTS interface is:
Two TT-5021B / TT-5022B Cradle/Handsets or two Sigma7 phones, but only one
at the time should be active (off-hook) in order to avoid echo problems.
ISDN
The ISDN interface may be used with an ISDN phone and/or an ISDN data
modem. Only the ISDN phone is routed through the PBX, while the ISDN data
modem is routed directly to the RF High Speed Data channel. A maximum of 8
ISDN units (ISDN phones, ISDN fax or ISDN data modem) may be connected to
the ISDN interface, but only one unit may be active at the time.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-37
Electrical Installation and Wiring
Configuration of Handset Interfaces
The following drawing shows the possible combinations of devices connected to
the handset interfaces.
TT-5020A / TT-5022A Handset System or
Magnastar[1] AIU #1 or
2.4 GHz Wireless Phone / WH-10 or
Cockpit Voice AMS #1 (future application)
TT-5020A / TT-5022A Handset System or
Magnastar[1] AIU #2 or
2.4 GHz Wireless Phone / WH-10 or
Cockpit Voice AMS #2 (future application)
TT-5020A / TT-5022A Handset System or
Alternative: Magnastar[1] AIU #1 or
2.4 GHz Wireless Phone / WH-10
4-wire audio
Four-wire Handset interface #1
Control signals
4-wire audio
Four-wire Handset interface #2
Control signals
4-wire audio
Four-wire Handset interface #3
Control signals
TT-5035A SDU,
Private Branch Exchange (PBX)
4-wire audio
TT-5020A / TT-5022A Handset System
Four-wire Handset interface #4
Control signals
TT-5021B / TT-5022B cradle/handset or
2.4 GHz Wireless Phone / POTS or
Sigma7 Phone or
FAX or Modem
2-wire POTS
Two-wire Handset interface #5
TT-5021B / TT-5022B cradle/handset or
2.4 GHz Wireless Phone / POTS or
Sigma7 Phone or
FAX or Modem
2-wire POTS
Two-wire Handset interface #6
ISDN Phones / ISDN Modem [2]
ISDN
ISDN interface
[1]: Maximum two MagnaStar AIUs may be installed. The preferred
installation of AIU #1 is to the four-wire Handset #1 interface, but AIU #1
may alternatively be connected to the four-wire Handset #3 interface
instead.
[2]: A Maximum of 8 ISDN units may be installed, and a maximum of two
ISDN units may be active (off hook) at the time. ISDN phones may be
routed to any four-wire, two-wire or RF channel, but ISDN modem data is
only routed to the High Speed RF channel.
Figure 5-17: Handset Interfaces, Possible Combinations of Connected Devices.
5-38
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
5.3.8
Wiring Thrane & Thrane Handset Systems
The following drawing shows the wiring of the TT-5622A/TT-5620A 4-wire
handsets and the TT-5621B/TT-5622B 2-wire handsets from Thrane & Thrane.
DB15M DB15F
TT-5620A
HANDSET
#1
TT-5622A
CRADLE
10
11
BP94 A
BP95 B
Audio I/O
10
11
12
12
TP4 +28 VDC / 600mA Handset Supply
TP3 Chassis Ground and Handset Power Return
13
14
13
14
TP12 Hi
Handset #1, Audio Out / Cockpit Voice Audio Out
TP13 Lo
15
15
TP10 Hi Handset #1, Audio In / Cockpit Voice Audio In
TP11 Lo
TT-5622A
CRADLE
Audio I/O
10
11
10
11
12
12
13
14
13
14
TP17 Hi
Handset #2, Audio Out / Cockpit Voice Audio Out
TP18 Lo
15
15
TP15 Hi
Handset #2, Audio In / Cockpit Voice Audio In
TP16 Lo
10
11
10
11
12
12
13
14
13
14
TP23 Hi
Handset #3, Audio Out
TP24 Lo
15
15
TP21 Hi
Handset #3, Audio In
TP22 Lo
TT-5622A
CRADLE
Audio I/O
10
11
10
11
12
12
13
14
13
14
TP28 Hi
Handset #4, Audio Out
TP29 Lo
15
15
TP26 Hi
Handset #4, Audio In
TP27 Lo
Two-Wire fax
/ modem #5
DB9F
RJ11
18" Pigtail
TT-5620A
HANDSET
#2
Two-Wire fax
/ modem #6
DB9F
RJ11
18" Pigtail
TT-5622A
CRADLE
TT-5620A
HANDSET
#3
Audio I/O
DB9F
Two-Wire fax
/ modem #5
RJ11
18" Pigtail
TT-5620A
HANDSET
#4
Two-Wire fax
/ modem #6
DB9F
RJ11
18" Pigtail
TT-5622B
HANDSET
#5
TT-5622B
HANDSET
#6
Two-Wire fax / modem #5
RJ11
TT-5621B
CRADLE
TT-5621B
CRADLE
BP96 A
BP97 B
NC
BP98 A
BP99 B
18" Pigtail
4-Wire Handset #3, RS-485 Data
NC
BP100 A
4-Wire Handset #4, RS-485 Data
BP101 B
NC
TP19 Tip Handset #5, 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem
TP6 Ring
DB9M DB9F
4-Wire Handset #2, RS-485 Data
TT-5035A
SDU
DB9M DB9F
18" Pigtail
Two-Wire fax / modem #6
RJ11
NC
4-Wire Handset #1, RS-485 Data
TP8 Tip
Handset #6, 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem
TP7 Ring
Wiring of Tip and Ring (SDU TP6-TP8 and TP19) is optional on the 4-Wire interfaces .
Note: 18" Pigtail with Sub-D connector is mounted on each cradle.
Figure 5-18: Wiring T&T Handset Systems
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-39
Electrical Installation and Wiring
4-Wire Interfaces
The below list shows the pins used for the 4-wire interfaces on the SDU.
Pin no.
Name/Description
TP10
Handset #1 Audio In Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In Hi)
TP11
Handset #1 Audio In Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In Lo)
TP12
Handset #1 Audio Out Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out Hi)
TP13
Handset #1 Audio Out Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out Lo)
BP94
Handset #1 RS-485 Data A
BP95
Handset #1 RS-485 Data B
TP15
Handset #2 Audio In Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In Hi)
TP16
Handset #2 Audio In Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In Lo)
TP17
Handset #2 Audio Out Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out Hi)
TP18
Handset #2 Audio Out Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out Lo)
BP96
Handset #2 RS-485 Data A
BP97
Handset #2 RS-485 Data B
TP21
Handset #3 Audio In Hi
TP22
Handset #3 Audio In Lo
TP23
Handset #3 Audio Out Hi
TP24
Handset #3 Audio Out Lo
BP98
Handset #3 RS-485 Data A
BP99
Handset #3 RS-485 Data B
TP26
Handset #4 Audio In Hi
TP27
Handset #4 Audio In Lo
TP28
Handset #4 Audio Out Hi
TP29
Handset #4 Audio Out Lo
BP100
Handset #4 RS-485 Data A
BP101
Handset #4 RS-485 Data B
TP4
+28 V DC / 600 mA Handset supply, remote On/Off control by TP5 (nON)
TP3
Handset Power Return
TP25
+12 V DC Spare Supply for test only - do not connect!
Table 5-22: SDU Pins for 4-Wire Interface
5-40
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
The SDU has four 4-wire analog interfaces for the TT-5620A/ TT-5622A Thrane
& Thrane aeronautical handset system on the rear connector. The handsets use an
RS-485 data bus for on/off hook signalling, display control, keyboard control,
background light, etc.
Three of the 4-wire interfaces, #1, #2 and #3, can alternatively be used for
connection of MagnaStar or WH-10 phones. For information on possible
combinations, see Configuration of Handset Interfaces on page 5-38.
The handset interfaces must be configured in the HSD+ Configuration Program.
For information on wiring of MagnaStar, refer to Wiring MagnaStar Handsets
on page 5-42.
For information on wiring of WH-10 phones, refer to Wiring WH-10 Handsets
on page 5-45.
For information on wiring of 2.4GHz Cordless phones, refer to Wiring 2.4GHz
Cordless (4-Wire) Phone on page 5-48.
2-Wire Interfaces
The below list shows the pins used for the 2-wire interfaces of the SDU.
Pin no. (X2) Name/Description
TP6
2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #1 (Ring)
TP7
2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #2 (Ring)
TP8
2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #2(Tip)
TP19
2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #1 (Tip)
Table 5-23: SDU Pins for 2-Wire Interface
The SDU has two 2-wire voice/fax/modem POTS interfaces connected to the
built-in PBX. The interfaces comply with 2-wire 600 Ω standard US DTMF
telephones. The 2-wire interface is not galvanically isolated from the aircraft
frame, and galvanic isolation is required at the external 2-wire terminal.
Two TT-5621B 2-wire phones can be connected in parallel on each interface.
This interface is used for the TT-5621B/ TT-5622B Thrane & Thrane aeronautical
handset system, but may also be used for e.g. the Sigma7 or 2.4GHz Cordless
phones, or for a fax or a modem.
For information on wiring of Sigma7 phones, see Wiring Sigma7 (2-Wire)
Handsets on page 5-52.
For information on wiring of 2.4GHz Cordless phones, see Wiring 2.4GHz
Cordless (2-Wire) Phone on page 5-53.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-41
Electrical Installation and Wiring
5.3.9
Wiring MagnaStar Handsets
The following drawing shows the wiring of the MagnaStar handsets.
21
22
10
11
13
25
SATCOM1_CONFIG
Alternative
Position for
MagnaStar
AIU 1
(Connector J3)
HANDSET #1 AUDIO IN (4W)
TP12
TP13
TP10
TP11
STATUS A (Ringer Output A2)
STATUS B (Ringer Output B2)
BP86
BP87
21
22
CHOOKSW (Hook switch #2)
SATCOM Service Unavailable
BP85
TT-5035A
SDU
Handset Interface #2
10
11
HANDSET #2 AUDIO OUT (4W)
HANDSET #2 AUDIO IN (4W)
TP17
TP18
TP15
TP16
14
24
STATUS A (Ringer Output A3)
STATUS B (Ringer Output B3)
BP89
BP90
21
22
CHOOKSW (Hook switch #3)
SATCOM Service Unavailable
BP55
Handset Interface #3
10
11
13
25
SATCOM1_CONFIG
HANDSET #1 AUDIO OUT (4W)
13
25
SATCOM2_CONFIG
BP82
BP54
15
24
MagnaStar
AIU 2
(Connector J3)
CHOOKSW (Hook switch #1)
SATCOM Service Unavailable
BP83
BP84
Handset Interface #1
MagnaStar
AIU 1
(Connector J3)
STATUS A (Ringer Output A1)
STATUS B (Ringer Output B1)
15
24
HANDSET #3 AUDIO OUT (4W)
HANDSET #3 AUDIO IN (4W)
GND (Handset Return)
TP23
TP24
TP21
TP22
TP20
NOTE
This wiring diagram only addresses the MagnaStar interfaces to the TT-5035A SDU.
For any additional MagnaStar installation information refer to the applicable MagnaStar installation
documentation.
Figure 5-19: Wiring MagnaStar Interface
5-42
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
The below list shows the pins used for the MagnaStar interfaces on the SDU.
Pin no.
Name/Description
TP10
Handset #1 Audio In Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In Hi)
TP11
Handset #1 Audio In Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In Lo)
TP12
Handset #1 Audio Out Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out Hi)
TP13
Handset #1 Audio Out Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out Lo)
BP54
MagnaStar: Satcom Service Unavailable. Discrete output.
BP82
WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #1
(Future use: CP Voice Call Cancel Input #1). Discrete input.
BP83
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A1
(Future use: CP Voice Mic On Input #1). Discrete I/O.
BP84
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B1
(Future use: CP Voice Call Light Output #1). Discrete output.
TP15
Handset #2 Audio In Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In Hi)
TP16
Handset #2 Audio In Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In Lo)
TP17
Handset #2 Audio Out Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out Hi)
TP18
Handset #2 Audio Out Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out Lo)
BP85
WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #2
(Future use: CP Voice Call Cancel Input #2). Discrete input.
BP86
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A2
(Future use: CP Voice Mic On Input #2). Discrete I/O.
BP87
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B2
(Future use: CP Voice Call Light Output #2). Discrete output.
TP21
Handset #3 Audio In Hi
TP22
Handset #3 Audio In Lo
TP23
Handset #3 Audio Out Hi
TP24
Handset #3 Audio Out Lo
BP55
WH-10/MagnaStar: Hook switch #3
BP89
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A3
or Service Available Annunciator. Discrete I/O.
BP90
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B3
TP20
AGND
Table 5-24: SDU Pins for MagnaStar Interface
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-43
Electrical Installation and Wiring
One or two MagnaStar Analog Interface Units (AIUs) can be connected to the
Aero-HSD+ system, using the handset interfaces #1, #2 or #3.
If two MagnaStar AIUs are connected, the pins “SATCOM1_CONFIG” and
“SATCOM2_CONFIG” are used to signal which channel is used (connect pin 15
on AIU1 to GND and pin 14 on AIU2 to GND).
Note:
The 4-wire handset system #1, #2 and #3 interfaces are used for either the
4-Wire Handset System, MagnaStar, 2.4GHz Cordless or WH-10
phones, as configurations share the same interface. For information on
possible combinations, see Configuration of Handset Interfaces on
page 5-38.
The handset interfaces must be configured in the HSD+ Configuration
Program
For further information on the handset interfaces, see 4-Wire Interfaces on
page 5-40.
Apart from the handset interfaces, the SDU has a number of discrete
inputs/outputs used for MagnaStar/WH-10 systems. For information on these
interfaces, see Discretes for MagnaStar/WH-10 Handset Systems on page 5-51.
5-44
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
5.3.10 Wiring WH-10 Handsets
The following drawing shows the wiring of WH-10 handsets.
WH10
Handset 1
+ 28V DC Handset Supply
Chassis Ground and Handset Power Return
HANDSET HOOK Switch #1
H. RINGER A1
H. RINGER B1
BP82
BP83
BP84
Handset
Interface #1
4-W LINE (TX)
4-W LINE (RX)
4-W LINE (RX)
4-W LINE (TX)
TP12
TP13
TP10
TP11
TT-5035A
SDU
WH10
Handset 2
TP4
TP3
HANDSET HOOK Switch #2
H. RINGER A2
H. RINGER B2
4-W LINE (TX)
4-W LINE (TX)
4-W LINE (RX)
4-W LINE (RX)
BP85
BP86
BP87
TP17
TP18
Handset
Interface #2
TP15
TP16
WH10
Handset 3
HANDSET HOOK Switch #3
H. RINGER A3
H. RINGER B3
BP55
BP89
BP90
Handset
Interface #3
4-W LINE (TX)
4-W LINE (TX)
4-W LINE (RX)
4-W LINE (RX)
TP23
TP24
TP21
TP22
Note: + 28 V and Chassis Ground must be connected as close as possible to TP3/TP4
Figure 5-20: Wiring WH-10 Handsets
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-45
Electrical Installation and Wiring
The below list shows the pins used for the WH-10 interfaces on the SDU.
Pin no.
Name/Description
TP3
Chassis Ground and Handset Power Return
TP4
+28 V DC/600 mA Handset Supply
TP10
Handset #1 Audio In Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In Hi)
TP11
Handset #1 Audio In Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In Lo)
TP12
Handset #1 Audio Out Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out Hi)
TP13
Handset #1 Audio Out Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out Lo)
BP82
WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #1
(Future use: CP Voice Call Cancel Input #1). Discrete input.
BP83
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A1
(Future use: CP Voice Mic On Input #1). Discrete I/O.
BP84
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B1
(Future use: CP Voice Call Light Output #1). Discrete output.
TP15
Handset #2 Audio In Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In Hi)
TP16
Handset #2 Audio In Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In Lo)
TP17
Handset #2 Audio Out Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out Hi)
TP18
Handset #2 Audio Out Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out Lo)
BP85
WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #2
(Future use: CP Voice Call Cancel Input #2). Discrete input.
BP86
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A2
(Future use: CP Voice Mic On Input #2). Discrete I/O.
BP87
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B2
(Future use: CP Voice Call Light Output #2). Discrete output.
TP21
Handset #3 Audio In Hi
TP22
Handset #3 Audio In Lo
TP23
Handset #3 Audio Out Hi
TP24
Handset #3 Audio Out Lo
BP55
WH-10/MagnaStar: Hook switch #3
BP89
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A3
or Service Available Annunciator. Discrete I/O.
BP90
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B3
Table 5-25: SDU Pins for WH-10 Interface
5-46
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
Up to three WH-10 systems can be connected to the Aero-HSD+ system, using the
interfaces #1, #2 or #3.
Note:
The 4-wire handset system #1, #2 and #3 interfaces are used for either the
4-Wire Handset System, MagnaStar, 2.4GHz Cordless or WH-10
phones, as configurations share the same interface. For information on
possible combinations, see Configuration of Handset Interfaces on
page 5-38.
The handset interfaces must be configured in the HSD+ Configuration
Program.
For further information on the interfaces, see 4-Wire Interfaces on page 5-40.
Apart from the handset interfaces, the SDU has a number of discrete
inputs/outputs used for MagnaStar/WH-10 systems. For information on these
interfaces, see Discretes for MagnaStar/WH-10 Handset Systems on page 5-51.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-47
Electrical Installation and Wiring
5.3.11 Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless (4-Wire) Phone
The following drawing shows the wiring of 2.4GHz Cordless 4-wire handsets.
J2
Hook Switch
2.4GHz
Cordless
Base Unit
Ring in
BP82
BP83
WH10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #1
WH10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A1
Handset
Interface #1
Rx Hi
Rx Lo
TP12
TP13
Handset #1 Audio Out Hi
Handset #1 Audio Out Lo
Tx Hi
Tx Lo
TP10
TP11
Handset #1 Audio In Hi
Handset #1 Audio In Lo
TT-5035A
SDU
J2
Hook Switch
2.4GHz
Cordless
Base Unit
Ring in
BP85
BP86
WH10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #2
WH10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A2
Handset
Interface #2
Rx Hi
Rx Lo
TP17
TP18
Handset #2 Audio Out Hi
Tx Hi
Tx Lo
TP15
TP16
Handset #2 Audio In Hi
Handset #2 Audio In Lo
BP55
BP89
WH10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #3
Handset #2 Audio Out Lo
J2
Hook Switch
2.4GHz
Cordless
Base Unit
Ring in
WH10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A3
Handset
Interface #3
Rx Hi
Rx Lo
TP23
TP24
Handset #1 Audio Out Hi
Handset #1 Audio Out Lo
Tx Hi
Tx Lo
TP21
TP22
Handset #1 Audio In Hi
Handset #1 Audio In Lo
Figure 5-21: Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless 4-Wire Handsets
Note:
5-48
The power for the 2.4GHz Cordless base unit must be supplied from an
external power supply. See the 2.4GHz Cordless manual for details.
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
The below list shows the pins used for the 2.4GHz Cordless (WH-10) interfaces
on the SDU.
Pin no.
Name/Description
TP10
Handset #1 Audio In Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In Hi)
TP11
Handset #1 Audio In Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In Lo)
TP12
Handset #1 Audio Out Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out Hi)
TP13
Handset #1 Audio Out Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out Lo)
BP82
WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #1
(Future use: CP Voice Call Cancel Input #1). Discrete input.
BP83
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A1
(Future use: CP Voice Mic On Input #1). Discrete I/O.
TP15
Handset #2 Audio In Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In Hi)
TP16
Handset #2 Audio In Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In Lo)
TP17
Handset #2 Audio Out Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out Hi)
TP18
Handset #2 Audio Out Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out Lo)
BP85
WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #2
(Future use: CP Voice Call Cancel Input #2). Discrete input.
BP86
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A2
(Future use: CP Voice Mic On Input #2). Discrete I/O.
TP21
Handset #3 Audio In Hi
TP22
Handset #3 Audio In Lo
TP23
Handset #3 Audio Out Hi
TP24
Handset #3 Audio Out Lo
BP55
WH-10/MagnaStar: Hook switch #3
BP89
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A3
or Service Available Annunciator. Discrete I/O.
Table 5-26: SDU Pins for 2.4GHz Cordless (WH-10) Interface
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-49
Electrical Installation and Wiring
Up to three 2.4GHz Cordless Handsets can be connected to the Aero-HSD+
system, using the interfaces #1, #2 or #3.
Note:
The 4-wire handset system #1, #2 and #3 interfaces are used for either
the 4-Wire Handset System, MagnaStar, 2.4GHz Cordless or WH-10
phones, as configurations share the same interface. For information on
possible combinations, see Configuration of Handset Interfaces on
page 5-38. Handset interface #4 can only be used for the 4-Wire Handset
System.
The handset interfaces must be configured in the HSD+ Configuration
Program.
For further information on the interfaces, see 4-Wire Interfaces on page 5-40.
Apart from the handset interfaces, the SDU has a number of discrete
inputs/outputs used for MagnaStar/WH-10 systems. For information on these
interfaces, see Discretes for MagnaStar/WH-10 Handset Systems on page 5-51.
5-50
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
5.3.12 Discretes for MagnaStar/WH-10 Handset Systems
The below list shows the discretes used for the MagnaStar/WH-10 interfaces on
the SDU. For more information on the discrete types, refer to Description of the
Discrete Types on page 5-57.
Pin no.
Name/Description
Discrete Type
BP54
MagnaStar: Satcom Service Unavailable
BP55
WH-10/MagnaStar: Hook switch #3
BP82
WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #1
(Future use: CP Voice Call Cancel Input #1)
BP83
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A1
(Future use: CP Voice Mic On Input #1).
Discrete I/O.
BP84
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B1
(Future use: CP Voice Call Light Output #1).
Discrete output.
BP85
WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #2
(Future use: CP Voice Call Cancel Input #2)
BP86
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A2
(Future use: CP Voice Mic On Input #2).
Discrete I/O.
Lamp Driver output
(Future use: Mic On Input)
BP87
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B2
(Future use: CP Voice Call Light Output #2).
Discrete output.
Lamp Driver output
(Future use: Call Light
output)
BP89
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A3
Lamp Driver output
or Service Available Annunciator. Discrete I/O.
BP90
WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B3
Lamp Driver output
WOW input
WOW input
Lamp Driver output
(Future use: Mic On Input)
Lamp Driver output
(Future use: Call Light
output)
WOW input
Lamp Driver output
Table 5-27: SDU Discretes for MagnaStar/WH-10 Systems
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-51
Electrical Installation and Wiring
5.3.13 Wiring Sigma7 (2-Wire) Handsets
The following drawing shows the wiring of Sigma7 handsets.
Sigma7
Cradle
J1, pin3
J1, pin4
2-WIRE FAX/MODEM (POTS) #1
TP19
TP6
Handset Interface #5
TT-5035A
SDU
Sigma7
Cradle
J1, pin3
J1, pin4
2-WIRE FAX/MODEM (POTS) #2
TP8
TP7
Handset Interface #6
Figure 5-22: Wiring Sigma7 Handsets
One or two Sigma7 handsets can be connected to the 2-wire interfaces of the
Aero-HSD+ system.
Connect J1 on the Sigma7 handset to the rear receptacle of the SDU according to
the wiring drawing above.
Important!
In order for the volume in the Sigma7 handset to be sufficient, it is
normally necessary to adjust the “ear volume” using the menu
system of the handset. For information on how to do this, see
Sigma7 on page 6-9.
For information on the 2-wire interface, see 2-Wire Interfaces on page 5-41.
5-52
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
5.3.14 Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless (2-Wire) Phone
The following drawing shows the wiring of 2.4GHz Cordless 2-wire phones.
2.4GHz Cordless
Base Unit
J2, pin1
J2, pin3
J2, pin2
2-WIRE FAX/MODEM (POTS) #1
TP19 Handset Interface #5
TP6
TT-5035A
SDU
2.4GHz Cordless
Base Unit
J2, pin1
J2, pin3
J2, pin2
2-WIRE FAX/MODEM (POTS) #2
TP8
TP7
Handset Interface #6
Figure 5-23: Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless Handsets
One or two 2.4GHz Cordless phones can be connected to the 2-wire interfaces of
the Aero-HSD+ system.
Connect J2 on the base unit of the 2.4GHz Cordless phone to the rear receptacle of
the SDU according to the wiring drawing above.
Important!
In order for the 2.4GHz Cordless phone to work properly, it is
normally necessary to make a few initial adjustments of the
handset. For information on how to do this, see 2.4GHz Cordless
on page 6-10.
For information on the 2-wire interface, see 2-Wire Interfaces on page 5-41.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-53
Electrical Installation and Wiring
5.3.15 Wiring Discretes
Discrete Annunciators and WOW
The following drawing shows the wiring of discrete annunciators and Weight-onWheels (WOW).
SERVICE AVAILABLE, BP89
CALL ANNUNCIATOR, BP92
FAX ANNUNCIATOR, BP93
Discrete
Annunciators
TT-5035A
SDU Chime/Lamps Inhibit, BP88
Chime/Lamps
Inhibit
WoW input #1, BP50
WoW input #2, BP51
Weight-OnWheels
Figure 5-24: Wiring Discrete Annunciators and Weight-on-Wheels
Discrete Annunciators
The following list shows the pins used for Discrete Annunciators:
SDU Pin Name/Description
Specification of discrete typea
BP89
Service Available Annunciator
(Discrete I/O)
Output: Lamp Driver
BP92
Call Annunciator (Discrete I/O)
Output: Lamp Driver
BP93
Fax Annunciator (Discrete Output)
Output: Lamp Driver
Table 5-28: SDU Pins for Discrete Annunciators
a. The discrete interfaces are described in Description of the Discrete Types on
page 5-57.
Note:
5-54
The Service Available Annunciator on pin BP89 is not available if you
are using handset interface #3 for MagnaStar, 2.4GHz Cordless (4-wire)
or WH-10 Handsets.
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
The function of the Annunciators is as follows:
• Service Available Annunciator.
This Annunciator is used for indicating service availability. The Annunciator is
“steady ON” when H+ service is available.
• Call Annunciator.
This Annunciator is used for signalling incoming voice calls. The Annunciator
is “flashing” like the Connection LED on a 4-wire handset and is turned off
when the call is answered or terminated by initiator.
• Fax Annunciator.
This Annunciator is used for signalling incoming fax. The Annunciator is
“steady ON” until a receipt for the fax has been given in the handset.
Chime/Lamps Inhibit Input
Pin used for the Chime/Lamps Inhibit input:
SDU Pin
Name/Description
Specification of discrete typea
BP88
Chime/Lamps Inhibit Input
Input: WOW (active low)
Table 5-29: SDU Pins for WOW
a. The discrete interfaces are described in Description of the Discrete Types on
page 5-57.
The SDU has one discrete input for the Chime/Lamps Inhibit function. This input
is used to inhibit Satcom activation of the chime and call lights during take-off and
landing. The Inhibit function is activated by connecting this input to ground.
The Inhibit function also activates the ring profile “TakeOfLandng”.
The ring profiles are defined using the HSD+ Configuration Program where call
inhibit/non-inhibit is set up for each of the 4-wire and 2-wire interfaces and
annunciators.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-55
Electrical Installation and Wiring
Weight-On-Wheels (not currently in use)
The following list shows the pins used for Weight-On-Wheels (WOW):
SDU Pin
Name/Description
Specification of discrete typea
BP50
Weight-on-Wheels Input #1
Input: WOW
BP51
Weight-on-Wheels Input #2
Input: WOW
Table 5-30: SDU Pins for WOW
a. The discrete interfaces are described in Description of the Discrete Types on
page 5-57.
The SDU has 2 discrete inputs for Weight-On-Wheels (WOW), which can detect
whether the aircraft is airborne or not. Currently this information is not used in the
SDU.
The interpretation of the polarity (airframe DC ground or open circuit) of the input
is defined by the Configuration Module (WOW Active Polarity).
The Configuration Module also defines if WOW is installed or not. For further
information, see the online help in the Aero-HSD+ Configuration Program.
5-56
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
Description of the Discrete Types
Discrete type and description:
Discrete Type
Description
Lamp Driver
The SDU has several discrete Lamp Driver outputs. The output
configuration forms a switch closure to ground. The electrical
specification for the Lamp type switch is:
Open switch hold-off voltage: max. +39.5 V DC
Closed switch voltage: max. 1 V DC at 500 mA
Open switch resistance (OFF): min. 100 kΩ
WOW
The discrete WOW input detects the following states:
“Open” voltage: 7 V DC to 39.5 V DC or ≥100 kΩ to ground.
“Short” voltage: 0 ±3.5 V DC or ≤1500 Ω to ground.
Input characteristics:
Reaction time is <500 ms.
The internal interface is diode-isolated for parallel connection
externally to any other LRU(s), with at least 200 kΩ of isolation,
when power is not applied.
Table 5-31: Specification of Discrete Types.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-57
Electrical Installation and Wiring
5.3.16 Cockpit Voice and SIM Card Reader (Future Use)
The following drawing shows the wiring of Cockpit Voice and SIM Card reader:
BP70
BP71
BP72
BP73
TP10
TP11
TP12
TP13
BP82
BP83
BP84
BP91
TT-5035A
SDU
BP88
BP85
BP86
BP87
TP15
TP16
TP17
TP18
BP52
BP53
Tx B
Tx A
Rx B
Rx A
RS-422 SIM Card
Reader
(Future use)
CPV Audio #1 In Hi
CPV Audio #1 In Lo
CPV Audio #1 Out Hi
CPV Audio #1 Out Lo
Call Cancel Input #1
Voice Mic On Input #1
VOICE Call Light Output #1
Chime Reset Input
Cockpit Voice #1
(Future use)
Chime / Lamps Inhibit Input
Call Cancel Input #2
Voice Mic On Input #2
VOICE Call Light Output #2
CPV Audio #2 In Hi
CPV Audio #2 In Lo
CPV Audio #2 Out Hi
CPV Audio #2 Out Lo
Chime Signal Contact #1
Chime Signal Contact #2
Cockpit Voice #2
(Future use)
Chime
(Future use)
Figure 5-25: Wiring Cockpit Voice and SIM Card Reader
Do not connect equipment to the SIM Card pins, as any implementation of a SIM
CARD system must wait for a future interface definition.
The Cockpit Voice interface is physically prepared, but the software is not implemented yet.
5-58
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
5.3.17 Wiring Maintenance Handset, PC and Reset
Maintenance PC, CM Write Enable, SDU Reset and ATE
The following drawing shows the wiring of:
• the RS-232 PC connection,
• SDU Reset,
• Write enable for the Configuration Module and
• ATE interface (for test only)
DB15F
DB9F
DB15M
(Do not connect)
SDU
Reset
RESET
BP74, ATE 1
BP75, ATE 2
BP76, ATE 3
TT-5035A
SDU
BP77
10
11
12
13
FP15 15
FP8 8
14
FP10
FP11
FP12
FP13
FP9
RS-232C RXD
RS-232C TXD
RS-232C CTS
RS-232C RTS
GND, Power Return
DB9M
Maintenance
PC
CM Write Enable
+12 V DC
Data Cable TT 37-112940
Figure 5-26: Wiring Maintenance PC and Reset
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-59
Electrical Installation and Wiring
RS-232 Maintenance PC Interface and “Write Enable” Input for Configuration Module
The following list shows the SDU pins used for RS-232 PC interface and for CM
Write Enable. Both interfaces are included in the TT 37-112940 data cable
described at the end of this section.
SDU Pin Name/Description
FP10
TxD Input
FP11
RxD Output
FP12
RTS Input
FP13
CTS Output
FP9
GND, Power Return (for +12 V DC)
FP8
+12 V DC/120 mA
FP15
Configuration Module Write Enable In
Table 5-32: SDU Pins for RS-232 PC Interface
The SDU has a PC interface at the front connector, supporting the RS-232
standard. The front PC interface can also be used for uploading software, or it can
serve as a printer interface.
The interface is configured as DCE on the SDU (i.e. TxD + RTS are inputs and
RxD + CTS are outputs).
The PC interface has the following characteristics:
• Baud rate: 115.2 kbit/s fixed
• Data bits: 8
• Parity: None
• Stop bit: 1
• Flow control: Hardware (RTS/CTS only)
The Write Enable Input - FP15 - enables write cycles to the write protected area in
the Configuration Module. FP15 must be connected to +12 V DC (FP8) in order to
have access to the write protected area. Electrical specifications:
Enable Write cycles: +10.0 V ≤ VFP15 ≤ +13.0 V
Write Protected: VFP15 ≤ +1.9 V
5-60
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring
The following drawing shows the wiring of the data cable for the front connector.
DB9
Female
To PC
RXD
TXD
GND
RTS
CTS
Housing: Metal
Data Cable TT 37-112940
(3 meter)
10
11
12
13
14
15
DB15
Male
15
To SDU
Housing: Metal
Figure 5-27: TT 37-112940 Data Cable Compliant with Front Connector
Reset
The SDU has a discrete input (BP77) on the rear connector, which can be used for
SDU hardware reset. The specification complies with the discrete WOW input.
Note:
You only need to connect this input if you have special requirements to
the reset function. For normal use, the push-button on the front panel of
the SDU should be sufficient.
SDU hardware reset is initiated by connecting the input to ground. This input is
filtered carefully, and the input must be activated for approximately 5 sec. before
the reset procedure takes action. It is highly recommended to use a guarded switch
to avoid accidental operation of the switch.
Electrical DC characteristics: WOW Input type, refer to Description of the
Discrete Types on page 5-57.
Automatic Test Equipment Pins
The TT-5035A SDU Rear Connector Bottom Plug (BP) has pins for automatic test
equipment (ATE): ATE 1 (BP74), ATE 2 (BP75) and ATE 3 (BP76).
Important!
TT98-113625-D
Do not connect anything to the ATE pins, not even ground, as
lightning-induced effects can potentially harm the internal circuits,
and even grounding these pins can cause unintended function of the
system.
Chapter 5: Installation
5-61
Electrical Installation and Wiring
Maintenance Handset Interface
The following drawing shows the wiring of the maintenance handset interface to
the front connector of the SDU.
Front Connector
(DB15F)
DB15M
TT-5035A
SDU
FP8
FP9
FP6
FP7
FP3
FP4
FP1
FP2
15
14
13
12
11
10
DB15F DB15M
12
15
10
11
13
14
+12 V DC / 120 mA
GND, Power Return
RS-485 RX/TX A
RS-485 RX/TX B
4-Wire Telep. Line Tx
4-Wire Telep. Line Rx
12
15
10
11
13
14
Maintenance
Cradle
TT 5622A
Note: The TT 5622A cradle is delivered with
the DB15M connector mounted on a "pigtail".
Figure 5-28: Wiring Maintenance Handset
The following list shows the pins used for maintenance handset interface.
SDU Pin
Function: Handset Interface
FP1
Maintenance Handset Audio In Hi
FP2
Maintenance Handset Audio In Lo
FP3
Maintenance Handset Audio Out Hi
FP4
Maintenance Handset Audio Out Lo
FP6
Maintenance Handset RS-485 Data A
FP7
Maintenance Handset RS-485 Data B
FP8
+12 V DC/120 mA
FP9
GND Power Return (for +12 V DC)
Table 5-33: SDU Pins for Maintenance Handset Interface
The SDU has a handset interface for the TT-5620A Handset for maintenance use.
This interface can be used to access the menu system using a 4-wire handset.
The front connector provides +12 V DC handset power (FP8). The RS-485 bus on
the front connector is common with the RS-485 bus for Handset #4 on the rear
connector. The Maintenance handset provides a common mode voltage
(2.5 V DC) on the Audio In lines to the SDU. This voltage is used to detect the
presence of the handset on the front connector, so the RS-485 #4 can be redirected
to the front connector.
5-62
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU
5.4
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU
5.4.1
Introduction to HSU
As an option, a High Speed data Unit (HSU) containing one additional HSD
channel is available for the Aero-HSD+ system, providing a total data rate of 128
kbit/s.
The following pages provide information on wiring of the units in the Aero-HSD+
system with an additional High Speed data Unit (HSU) installed.
5.4.2
Wiring HSU Power Supply
The SDU to Aircraft power bus interfaces supply the electric power required to
operate the HSU, and for EMC purposes a chassis connection to the aircraft
chassis and the installation tray. The +28 V DC Power wire must include a circuit
breaker capable of carrying the required current continuously under the required
environmental conditions.
The following drawing shows the wiring of the HSU to the Aircraft Power Bus.
28 V DC
Aircraft Power Bus
[4]
4A
[2]
[3]
[1]
TP1 +28 V DC Power
TP2
TT-5038A
GND, Power Return
HSU
TP3 Chassis Ground
[1] Total resistance max. 725 mΩ incl. Circuit Breaker.
[2] Total resistance max. 25 mΩ.
[3] Directly to Aircraft chassis, max. 1 m cable length to prevent EMC problems and
max. 25 mΩ resistance.
[4] Recommended circuit breaker: Klixon 2TC series, 4 A current rating.
Figure 5-29: Wiring HSU Power
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-63
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU
+28 V DC Power
It is essential to keep the line impedance below the specified limits. See Cable
Requirements, HSU Power Supply on page 5-64.
Reverse polarity protection is only guaranteed if the suggested circuit breaker is
used.
Required current capability for the Circuit Breaker: 23 W @ 17.7 V DC which
equals 1.3 A DC at the required environmental conditions.
A suitable circuit breaker with sufficient low resistance would be Klixon 2TC
series with 4 A current rating.
Chassis Ground
The Chassis connection ensures that the HSU cabinet and the installation tray has
the same potential, and that there is a connection from the cable shields to the
cabinet for EMC purposes.
Connect the wire directly to the installation tray and to aircraft chassis.
Cable Requirements, HSU Power Supply
Cablea
Max. Resistance
[1]
(+28 V DC Power)
725 mΩ,
incl. circuit breaker
Other Requirements
[2]
25 mΩ
(GND, Power Return)
The cable should be as short as possible.
[3]
(Chassis Ground)
Connect directly to aircraft chassis.
25 mΩ
Table 5-34: Requirements to HSU Power Cables
a. The cable numbers refer to the numbers stated on the wiring drawing in the section
Figure 5-29: Wiring HSU Power.
Note:
5-64
For maximum allowed cable lengths, see Power Cables, Allowed Cable
Lengths on page 5-81.
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU
5.4.3
Wiring Antenna Systems With HSU Installed
HGA-7000 Antenna with HSU
Built-in
BSU
W7
TP A4
[6]
J2 IF2
HGA-7000
HSU RX Power Splitter
TT-5038A-003
J1 IF1
Power
Splitter
DLNA
3.5 dB @1.6GHz
RF RX COAX [1]
TP A1
SDU
HSU
RF RX COAX [1], [2]
W3 [4], [5]
X1 RX
RF RX COAX [2]
TP A1
BP56
TT-5035A
SDU
HSU disable
ARINC 429
TP19
TP20
BP34
BP35
ARINC 429
TP21
TP22
TT-5012A
DLNA
GND
X3 TX
TP8
BP32
BP33
X2 Ant
[7]
TT-5038A
HSU
W4
[4]
TP A2
RF TX COAX
Loss_3 [3]
RF TX COAX
Loss_1 [3]
TP A2
RF TX COAX
Loss_2 [3]
HSU
TP2
SDU
HSU TX Coupler
TT-5038A-002
BP78
BP79
BP80
BP81
BP57
TP1
HPA
HPA CONTROL
BITE / STATUS
HPA nON
TT-5014A
HPA
BP27
BP28
BP25
BP26
BP6
[1] The total cable loss - including the power splitter loss (3.5 dB) - between the DLNA and the SDU must be:
0 to 15 dB @ 1.6 GHz
[2] The total cable loss - including the power splitter loss (3.5 dB) - between the DLNA and the HSU must be:
0 to 12 dB @ 1.6 GHz
[3] The cable losses from HSU/SDU to HPA are:
Loss_1: The cable loss from SDU to Tx Coupler
Loss_2: The cable loss from Tx Coupler to HPA
Loss_3: The cable loss from HSU to Tx Coupler
The cable loss limits are:
Loss_3 <= 2.5 dB + Loss_1 @ 1.6 GHz
Loss_1 + Loss_2 <= 11.0 dB @ 1.6 GHz
[4] Coax, total loss from cable W3 and cable W4 max. 1.8 dB @ 1.6 GHz
[5] Coax, loss from cable W3 max. 0.3 dB @ 1.6 GHz
[6] Coax, loss from cable W7 max. 17 dB @ 1.6 GHz
[7] 16 AWG, max. 1 ft long, max. resistance 3 mΩ
Figure 5-30: Wiring HSU to HGA-7000 Antenna System
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-65
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU
Important!
The Power Splitter must be connected correctly, because the HSU
port has a built-in DC block.
Requirements to the cables are stated in the drawing and in the section RF Cable
requirements, HGA-7000 Antenna With HSU on page 5-68.
The following lists show the HSU, SDU and HPA pins in the Aero-HSD+ system
used for connecting a HGA-7000 antenna system.
HSU pin Description
TP A1
RF Rx input from HSU Rx Power Splitter
TP A2
RF Tx output to HSU Tx Coupler
TP8
HSU Disable input
TP19
Data bus output to SDU (ARINC 429-A)
TP20
Data bus output to SDU (ARINC 429-B)
TP21
Data bus input from SDU (ARINC 429-A)
TP22
Data bus input from SDU (ARINC 429-B)
Table 5-35: HSU Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna System
SDU pin
Description
TP A1
RF Rx input from HSU Rx Power Splitter
TP A2
RF Tx output to HSU Tx Coupler
TP A4
Antenna Modem Interface
BP32
Data bus input from HSU (ARINC 429-A)
BP33
Data bus input from HSU (ARINC 429-B)
BP34
Data bus output to HSU (ARINC 429-A)
BP35
Data bus output to HSU (ARINC 429-B)
BP56
HSU Disable output
BP57
HPA remote nOn/Off output
BP78
HPA Control Output A, RS-422
BP79
HPA Control Output B, RS-422
BP80
HPA Data/BITE Input A, RS-422
BP81
HPA Data/BITE Input B, RS-422
Table 5-36: SDU Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna System
5-66
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU
HPA pin
Description
TP1
RF Tx output to DLNA
TP2
RF Tx input from HSU Tx Coupler
BP6
Remote nOn/Off input from SDU
BP25
Tx Data/BITE Output A, RS-422, to SDU
BP26
Tx Data/BITE Output B, RS-422, to SDU
BP27
Rx Control Input A, RS-422, from SDU
BP28
Rx Control Input B, RS-422, from SDU
Table 5-37: HPA Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna System
ARINC 429 Interface (TP19-TP22)
The ARINC 429 interface is used by the SDU to control the HSU. The HSU
operates as a slave to the SDU. The Interface is a 100 kbit/s High Speed
ARINC 429 duplex data bus to/from the SDU. For electrical specifications refer to
the ARINC 429 standard [6].
HSU Disable (TP8)
The SDU uses the HSU Disable input to reset and inhibit the transmitter output
signal from the HSU. The electrical specification is defined as for the discrete
Weight-On-Wheels input type.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-67
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU
RF Cable requirements, HGA-7000 Antenna With HSU
Cablea
Type
Min.
Cable Loss
@1.6 GHz
Max. Cable
Loss
@1.6 GHz
W3
(TT-5012A DLNA to
Antenna)
Coax
0 dB
0.3 dB
W4
(HPA to TT-5012A DLNA)
Coax
0 dB
1.8 dB - W3
W3 and W4
Coax
0 dB
Total: 1.8 dB
TT-5012A DLNA to SDU
(including Power Splitter
loss 3.5 dB)
Coax
0 dB
15 dB
TT-5012A DLNA to HSU
(including Power Splitter
loss 3.5 dB)
Coax
0 dB
12 dB
RF Tx output from
SDU/HSU to HPA
Coax
0 dB
NOTEb
W7
(Antenna modem interface)
Coax
0 dB
17 dB
GND on TT-5012A DLNA
Other
Requirements
Resistance:
Max. 3 mΩ
Table 5-38: Requirements to RF Cables, HGA-7000 Antenna
a. The “W” cable numbers refer to the numbers stated on the wiring drawing in Figure
5-30: Wiring HSU to HGA-7000 Antenna System.
b. With an HSU installed, the cable losses from HSU/SDU to HPA are as follows:
Loss_1: The cable loss from SDU to Directional Coupler
Loss_2: The cable loss from Directional Coupler to HPA
Loss_3: The cable loss from HSU to Directional Coupler
The cable loss limits are:
Loss_3 <= 2.5 dB + Loss_1 @ 1.6 GHz
Loss_1 + Loss_2 <= 11.0 dB @ 1.6 GHz
Note:
For recommended RF cable types, see Recommended RF Cables on
page 5-84.
ARINC 429 Cable requirements, HGA-7000 Antenna With HSU
The cables for the ARINC 429 interfaces must be twisted and shielded and
conform to the standards for aeronautical use.
For recommended cable types, see Recommended Cables for ARINC 429 on
page 5-84.
5-68
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU
AMT-50 Subsystem With HSU
HSU RX Power Splitter
TT-5038A-003
DLNA
RF RX COAX [1], [2]
3.5 dB @1.6GHz
SDU
HSU
AMT-50 Subsystem
J2
J3
TP A1
BP56
HSU disable
TP8
BP32
BP33
ARINC 429
TP19
TP20
BP34
BP35
ARINC 429
TP21
TP22
W4
RF TX COAX
Loss_3 [3]
RF TX COAX
Loss_2 [3]
HSU
TP2
TP A2
SDU
[4]
TP1
HPA
HSU TX Coupler
TT-5038A-002
HPA CONTROL
BP78
BP79
BP80
BP81
Data/BITE
HPA nON
BP57
AB
A429 Tx (HS)
TP A2
RF TX COAX
Loss_1 [3]
[4] [5)
J1
AMT-50
Antenna
AMT-50
ACU
TT-5038A
HSU
TT-5035A
SDU
W3
AMT-50
DLNA
RF RX COAX [2]
HG
A429 Rx (LS)
TP A1
BP8
BP9
RF RX COAX [1]
BP13
BP14
Power
Splitter
TT-5014A
HPA
BP27
BP28
BP25
BP26
BP6
[1] The total cable loss - including the power splitter loss (3.5 dB) - between the DLNA and the SDU must be:
6 to 29 dB @ 1.6 GHz
[2] The total cable loss - including the power splitter loss (3.5 dB) - between the DLNA and the HSU must be:
6 to 25 dB @ 1.6 GHz
[3] The cable losses from HSU/SDU to HPA are:
Loss_1: The cable loss from SDU to Tx Coupler
Loss_2: The cable loss from Tx Coupler to HPA
Loss_3: The cable loss from HSU to Tx Coupler
The cable loss limits are:
Loss_3 <= 2.5 dB + Loss_1 @ 1.6 GHz
Loss_1 + Loss_2 <= 11.0 dB @ 1.6 GHz
[4] Coax, total loss from cable W3 and cable W4 max. 1.8 dB @ 1.6 GHz
[5] Coax, loss from cable W3 max. 0.3 dB @ 1.6 GHz
Figure 5-31: Wiring HSU to AMT-50 Subsystem
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-69
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU
The following lists show the HSU, SDU and HPA pins in the Aero-HSD+ system
used for connecting an AMT-50 antenna subsystem.
HSU pin Description
TP A1
RF Rx input from HSU Rx Power Splitter
TP A2
RF Tx output to HSU Tx Coupler
TP8
HSU Disable input
TP19
Data bus output to SDU (ARINC 429-A)
TP20
Data bus output to SDU (ARINC 429-B)
TP21
Data bus input from SDU (ARINC 429-A)
TP22
Data bus input from SDU (ARINC 429-B)
Table 5-39: HSU Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna System
SDU pin
Description
TP A1
RF Rx input from HSU Rx Power Splitter
TP A2
RF Tx output to HSU Tx Coupler
BP32
Data bus input from HSU (ARINC 429-A)
BP33
Data bus input from HSU (ARINC 429-B)
BP34
Data bus output to HSU (ARINC 429-A)
BP35
Data bus output to HSU (ARINC 429-B)
BP56
HSU Disable output
BP57
HPA remote nOn/Off output
BP78
HPA Control Output A, RS-422
BP79
HPA Control Output B, RS-422
BP80
HPA Data/BITE Input A, RS-422
BP81
HPA Data/BITE Input B, RS-422
Table 5-40: SDU Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna System
5-70
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU
HPA pin
Description
TP1
RF Tx output to DLNA
TP2
RF Tx input from HSU Tx Coupler
BP6
Remote nOn/Off input from SDU
BP8
A429 Tx A output to AMT-50 ACU
BP9
A429 Tx B output to AMT-50 ACU
BP13
A429 Rx1 A input from AMT-50 ACU
BP14
A429 Rx1 B input from AMT-50 ACU
BP25
Tx Data/BITE Output A, RS-422, to SDU
BP26
Tx Data/BITE Output B, RS-422, to SDU
BP27
Rx Control Input A, RS-422, from SDU
BP28
Rx Control Input B, RS-422, from SDU
Table 5-41: HPA Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna System
HSU ARINC 429 Interface (TP19-TP22)
The ARINC 429 interface on HSU pins TP19-TP22 is used by the SDU to control
the HSU. The HSU operates as a slave to the SDU. The Interface is a 100 kbit/s
High Speed ARINC 429 duplex data bus to/from the SDU. For electrical
specifications refer to the ARINC 429 standard [6].
HPA ARINC 429 Interface (BP8, BP9, BP13, BP14 on HPA)
An ARINC 429 high speed Tx interface and an ARINC 429 low speed Rx
interface is used for communication between the HPA and the AMT-50 ACU.
HSU Disable (TP8)
The SDU uses the HSU Disable input to reset and inhibit the transmitter output
signal from the HSU. The electrical specification is defined as for the discrete
Weight-On-Wheels input type.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-71
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU
RF Cable requirements, AMT-50 Subsystem With HSU
Cablea
Type
Min. Cable Loss
@1.6 GHz
Max. Cable
Loss@1.6 GHz
W3
(ARINC 741 DLNA to
Antenna)
Coax
0 dB
0.3 dB
W4
Coax
(HPA to ARINC 741 DLNA)
0 dB
1.8 dB - W3
W3 and W4
0 dB
Total: 1.8 dB
ARINC 741 DLNA to SDU
(including Power Splitter loss
3.5 dB)
Coax
6 dB
29 dB
ARINC 741 DLNA to HSU
(including Power Splitter loss
3.5 dB)
Coax
6 dB
25 dB
RF Tx output from
SDU/HSU to HPA
Coax
0 dB
NOTEb
Table 5-42: Requirements to RF Cables, AMT-50 Subsystem
a. The “W” cable numbers refer to the numbers stated on the wiring drawing in Figure
5-31: Wiring HSU to AMT-50 Subsystem.
b. With an HSU installed, the cable losses from HSU/SDU to HPA are as follows:
Loss_1: The cable loss from SDU to Directional Coupler
Loss_2: The cable loss from Directional Coupler to HPA
Loss_3: The cable loss from HSU to Directional Coupler
The cable loss limits are:
Loss_3 ≤ 2.5 dB + Loss_1 @ 1.6 GHz
Loss_1 + Loss_2 ≤ 11.0 dB @ 1.6 GHz
ARINC 429 Cable requirements, AMT-50 Subsystem System With HSU
The cables for the ARINC 429 interfaces must be twisted and shielded and
conform to the standards for aeronautical use.
For recommended cable types, see Recommended Cables for ARINC 429 on
page 5-84.
5-72
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU
5.4.4
Wiring HSU to MPDS RS-232 , MPDS Ethernet and
ISDN
The following drawing shows the wiring of the HSU to MPDS RS-232, MPDS
10BaseT Ethernet and ISDN.
EIA/TIA-232-E
DCE
MPDS TxD Input, TP11
MPDS RxD Output, TP12
MPDS RTS Input, TP13
MPDS CTS Output, TP14
MPDS DTR Input, TP15
MPDS DCD Output, TP16
MPDS DSR Output, TP17
MPDS GND, TP18
TT-5038A
HSU
DCE
Rx Output, TP A3
Tx Input, TP A4
TxD Output
RxD Input
RTS Output
CTS Input
DTR Output
DCD Input
DSR Input
GND
3, RxD+ Input
6, RxD- Input
1, TxD+ Output
2, TxD- Output
MPDS
(DTE)
MPDS
Ethernet 10BaseT
(DTE)
RJ45 Female Connector
NT1
ISDN Tx+ (d) Output, TP24
ISDN Tx- (e) Output, TP25
ISDN Rx+ (c) Input, TP23
ISDN Rx- (f) Input, TP26
3 Rx+ input
6 Rx- input
4 Tx+ output
5 Tx- output
ISDN
(TE)
RJ45 Female Connector
Figure 5-32: Wiring HSU to MPDS RS-232, MPDS Ethernet and ISDN
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-73
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU
MPDS RS-232 Pins
HSU pin Name/Description
Equivalent
DB9F
Pin no.
Equivalent
DB25F
Pin no.
TP11
MPDS TxD Input (EIA/TIA-232-E)
TP12
MPDS RxD Output (EIA/TIA-232-E)
TP13
MPDS RTS Input (EIA/TIA-232-E)
TP14
MPDS CTS Output (EIA/TIA-232-E)
TP15
MPDS DTR Input (EIA/TIA-232-E)
20
TP16
MPDS DCD Output (EIA/TIA-232-E)
TP17
MPDS DSR Output (EIA/TIA-232-E)
TP18
MPDS GND (EIA/TIA-232-E)
Table 5-43: HSU Pins for MPDS RS-232
The MPDS interface is an EIA/TIA-232-E 115.2 kbit/s Asynchronous RFC 1549
HDLC interface (www.ietf.org).
Configuration: DCE (i.e. TxD is an input and RxD is an output), with hardware
flow control (RTS, CTS, DTR, DCD, DSR as EIA/TIA-232-E signals).
Baud rate (Rx Output): 115.2 kbit/s ± 1 ppm.
Baud rate (Tx Input): 115.2 kbit/s ± 4%
To be compliant with EIA/TIA 232-E a female 25 pin SUB D connector or a
female 9 pin SUB D connector must be connected to the MPDS lines from the
HSU. The lines must be connected as shown in the table above.
5-74
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU
MPDS Ethernet 10BaseT Pins
The following list shows the pins used for the MPDS Ethernet interface
HSU pin
Name
Description
RJ45 PIN (F)
TP A4 (center) Tx+
Input
TP A4
Input
TP A3 (center) Rx+
Output
TP A3
Output
Tx-
Rx-
Name
TxD+
TxD-
RxD+
RxD-
Table 5-44: HSU Pins for MPDS 10BaseT Ethernet
The pin-outs for TP A3 and TP A4 are specified in Figure 5-33: Ethernet RxD
Twinax Contact Pin-out Definition and Figure 5-34: Ethernet TxD Twinax
Contact Pin-out Definition.
TP A3 is a 10BaseT Ethernet Rx twinax output for 100 Ω twisted pair medium.
The pin-out is as follows:
RxD+ Output
RxD- Output
Shield
Figure 5-33: Ethernet RxD
Twinax Contact Pin-out Definition
TP A4 is a 10BaseT Ethernet Tx twinax input for 100 Ω twisted pair medium.
The pin-out is as follows:
TxD+ Input
TxD- Input
Shield
Figure 5-34: Ethernet TxD Twinax
Contact Pin-out Definition
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-75
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU
The 10 Mbit/s Ethernet interface physical layer conforms to [1] (IEEE standard
802.3, Chapter 14: “Twisted Pair medium attachment unit”), except for the
connector type. To be compliant with [1], an RJ45 female connector must be used
for the user interface. The connector pin assignment must be according to [1] and
[2] (ISO8877 ISO/IEC 8877) as shown in Figure 5-35: Ethernet RJ45
Connector and Cable Connection to HSU.
RJ45
female
1 23 45 67 8
to DTE
TxD+
TX+ input
TxD-
TX- input
HSU pin
TP A4
RxD+
n.c.
n.c.
RX+ output
RxD-
RX- output
HSU pin
TP A3
n.c.
n.c.
100Ω Twinax twisted
and shielded pairs
HSU (DCE/Hub)
Figure 5-35: Ethernet RJ45 Connector and Cable Connection to HSU.
The HSU is defined as a DCE or a Hub i.e. TxD is input and RxD is output.
Cable Requirements, MPDS Ethernet 10BaseT on HSU
The cable for the MPDS Ethernet 10BaseT interface for the HSU must be a 100 Ω
2-wire twisted and shielded cable.
5-76
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU
ISDN Pins
The following list shows the pins used for the ISDN interface.
HSU pin
Name
Description
RJ45 PIN (F) Name
TP23
ISDN Rx+ (c)
Input
TP24
ISDN Tx+ (d)
Output
TP25
ISDN Tx- (e)
Output
TP26
ISDN Rx- (f)
Input
Table 5-45: HSU Pins for ISDN
Rx+
Tx+
Tx-
Rx-
The HSU is configured as the network side of the NT1 interface i.e. Rx is an input
and Tx is an output. Please note that this configuration of input and output differs
from the configuration of the 10BaseT Ethernet, the MPDS RS-232 interface and
RS-232 PC interface input/output.
To be compliant with ISO8877 [2] and the ISDN connector specification defined
by ITU I.420 [5], an RJ-45 Female Connector must be connected to the four wire
ISDN lines from the HSU. The HSU includes an internal 100 Ω termination
resistor to support cable lengths longer than 3 meters.
RJ45
female
1 23 45 67 8
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
ISDN Rx+ Input
ISDN Tx+ Output
ISDN Tx- Output
ISDN Rx- Input
RJ45 (Female Connector)
Figure 5-36: ISDN RJ45 Connector
The ISDN interface can power supply 4 ISDN phones but supports 8 phones
(where 4 of them must have their own power supply). At power hold-up, only
power for one phone is available i.e. if more than one phone is connected, the
HSU may reset if an incoming call is received, or more than one handset is offhook, during a power hold-up session.
Cable Requirements, ISDN
The cable for the ISDN interface must be a 100 Ω 4-wire shielded cable. The
conductors must be twisted in pairs.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-77
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU
5.4.5
Wiring HSU to Discretes and Maintenance PC
Interface
The following drawing shows the wiring of the front maintenance interface and
discretes and RS-232 PC connection.
FRONT CONNECTOR (DB9)
Discrete
Outputs
HSU Failure
ISDN Available
MPDS Available
TP27
TP28
TP29
Maintenance 3
PC #2
Rear TxD (EIA/TIA-232-E)
Rear RxD (EIA/TIA-232-E)
Rear GND (EIA/TIA-232-E)
TP6
TP7
TP5
DB9F
ATE #1 [1]
ATE #2 [1]
FP2
FP3
FP4
FP5
TT-5038A FP6
Front RxD (EIA/TIA-232-E)
Front TxD (EIA/TIA-232-E)
Disable Input for Rear I/F (DTR)
Front GND (EIA/TIA-232-E)
+12 VDC (to pull up FP4, DSR)
HSU
3 Maintenance
PC #1
DB9F
TP9
TP10
[1] ATE is for test purpose only; leave unconnected
Figure 5-37: Wiring HSU to Discretes and RS-232 PC Maintenance Interfaces
Maintenance Interface
The HSU has two RS-232 PC interfaces for maintenance, one at the front panel
connector and one at the rear panel connector. Both interfaces support the
EIA/TIA-232-E standard and may also be used as a printer interface.
Both interfaces may be used for software upload.
The interfaces are configured as DCE on the HSU (i.e. TxD is input and RxD is
output).
Front Maintenance Connector Interface EIA/TIA-232-E (FP2, FP3, FP5)
For information on pin-out for the Front Maintenance Connector interface, see
Pin-out for HSU Front Connector on page 4-14.
The Front Maintenance Connector Interface has the following characteristics:
• Baud rate: 115.2 kbit/s fixed
• Data bits: 8
• Parity: None
• Stop bit: 1
• Flow control: None
5-78
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU
Disable input for the Rear Maintenance Connector Interface (FP4)
The front panel connector contains an input pin to disable the Rear Maintenance
Connector Interface. The Rear Maintenance Connector Interface will be disabled when
the Front Maintenance Connector Interface is used, since the two interfaces share the
same internal serial I/O port.
The Rear Maintenance Connector Interface is disabled by connecting FP4 to +12V.
This can be done by mounting a jumper from FP4 to FP6 in the serial cable
connector. If a fully populated RS-232 serial cable is used, no jumper is needed.
FP4 corresponds to the RS-232 DTR signal, which is normally +12 V from the
PC-terminal.
FP4 is pulled down internally in the HSU to -12V with 15 kΩ.
+12 V DC for Front Maintenance Connector Interface (FP6)
FP6 provides a +12 V DC supply to pull up FP4 with a jumper as described above.
The +12 V DC is provided internally in the HSU with a 220 Ω pull up resistor
from FP6 to +12 V. FP6 corresponds to the RS-232 DSR signal.
Rear Maintenance Connector Interface EIA/TIA-232-E (TP5-TP7)
The following list shows the pins used for the Rear Maintenance Connector Interface.
HSU pin Name/Description
TP5
Rear Maintenance Connector Interface GND (EIA/TIA-232-E)
TP6
Rear Maintenance Connector Interface TxD Input (EIA/TIA-232-E)
TP7
Rear Maintenance Connector Interface RxD Output (EIA/TIA-232-E)
Table 5-46: HSU Pins for Rear Maintenance Connector Interface, RS-232
The Rear Maintenance Connector Interface has the same characteristics as the Front
Maintenance Connector Interface. Also refer to Maintenance Interface on
page 5-78.
• Baud rate:
115.2 kbit/s fixed
• Data bits:
• Parity:
None
• Stop bit:
• Flow control: None
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-79
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU
Discrete Inputs
The HSU has three discrete inputs, one for HSU Disable and two for ATE.
The ATE inputs are for test purpose only and must not be connected.
The HSU Disable input is described in HSU Disable (TP8) on page 5-67.
Discrete Outputs
The HSU has 3 discrete lamp driver outputs: HSU Failure, ISDN Available and
MPDS Available.
The output configuration forms a switch closure to ground.
The following list shows the pins used for the discrete lamp driver outputs.
Pin no (X2) Function
Reference / Spec
TP27
HSU Failure Discrete Output
Lamp type, active low
TP28
ISDN Available Discrete Output
Lamp type, active low
TP29
MPDS Available Discrete Output
Lamp type, active low
Table 5-47: HSU Pins for Discrete Outputs
The HSU Failure Discrete Output (TP27) is active whenever a BITE error with
the severity essential or fatal is active on the HSU.
The ISDN Available discrete output (TP28) is active when:
• The ISDN channel is actually in use, or
• The following conditions are all fulfilled:
- the HSU is ocean region registered
- no BITE error prohibits the ISDN service
- the current ISDN LES supports Swift64 ISDN
- the channel is not in use by MPDS
- power is available
The MPDS Available discrete output (TP29) is active when:
• The MPDS channel is actually in use, or
• The following conditions are all fulfilled:
- the HSU is ocean region registered
- no BITE error prohibits the MPDS service
- the current MPDS LES supports Swift64 ISDN
- the channel is not in use by ISDN
- power is available
5-80
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Recommended Cables
5.5
Recommended Cables
5.5.1
Introduction
This section lists recommended cables and allowed cable lengths for the cables in
the Aero-HSD+ system.
Important!
5.5.2
For specific requirements to the cables, see the applicable section in
5.3 Electrical Installation and Wiring or 5.4 Electrical
Installation and Wiring, HSU.
Power Cables, Allowed Cable Lengths
Allowed Cable Lengths, SDU
The following table shows the allowed SDU cable lengths for selected AWG
types. If other AWG types are used, make sure the contact type supports the AWG
type.
Note:
It is generally recommended to keep cable lengths as short as possible,
specially on cables for Chassis GND.
Contact
Max. resistance
Type
Max Length (at 70°C)
Description
Pin
SDU
+28 V DC
Power
TP1
16
7 fta
87.5 mΩ a
(200 mΩ-112.5 mΩ (2.1 m)
in circuit breaker)
11 fta
(3.4 m)
18 fta
(5.4 m)
(not suitable
for this
contact size)
SDU
TP2
GND, Power
Return
16
25 mΩ
2 ft
(0.6 m)
3 ft
(0.9 m)
5 ft
(1.5 m)
(not suitable
for this
contact size)
SDU Chassis TP3
Ground
16
25 mΩ
(additional
requirement:
max. length 1 m)
2 ft
(0.6 m)
3 ft
(0.9 m)
3 ft
(1.0 m)
(not suitable
for this
contact size)
AWG20
AWG18
AWG16
AWG14
Table 5-48: Allowed Lengths for SDU Power Cables
a. The max. cable resistance is calculated using the resistance of a Klixon 2TC circuit breaker. If
another circuit breaker is used, the max. resistance and cable length may differ from these values.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-81
Recommended Cables
Allowed Cable Lengths, HPA
The following table shows the allowed HPA cable lengths for selected AWG
types. If other AWG types are used, make sure the contact type supports the AWG
type.
Note:
It is generally recommended to keep cable lengths as short as possible,
specially on cables for Chassis.
Max Length (at 70°C)
Contact
Max. resistance
Type
Description
Pin
HPA
+28 V DC
Power
BP A1
87.5 mΩ a
(100 mΩ-12.5 mΩ
in circuit breaker)
(not suitable for
this contact type)
71 fta
(21.6 m)
126 fta
(38.4 m)
HPA
BP A2
GND, Power
Return
25 mΩ
(not suitable for
this contact type)
20 ft
(6.1 m)
36 ft
(11.0 m)
AWG12
AWG10
AWG8
Table 5-49: Allowed Lengths for HPA Power Cables
a. The max. cable resistance is calculated using the resistance of a Klixon 2TC circuit breaker. If
another circuit breaker is used, the max. resistance and cable length may differ from these
values.
Contact
Max. resistance
Type
Description
Pin
HPA Chassis
BP30
20HD
25 mΩ
Max Length (at 70°C)
AWG20
2 ft
(0.6 m)
AWG18
(not suitable for
this contact size)
Table 5-50: Allowed Lengths for HPA Chassis Cable
5-82
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Recommended Cables
Allowed Cable Lengths, HSU
The following table shows the allowed HSU cable lengths for selected AWG
types. If other AWG types are used, make sure the contact type supports the AWG
type.
Note:
It is generally recommended to keep cable lengths as short as possible,
specially on cables for Chassis GND.
Contact
Max. resistance
Type
Max Length (at 70°C)
Description
Pin
HSU
+28 V DC
Power
TP1
16
612.5 mΩ a
(725 mΩ112.5 mΩ in
circuit breaker)
49 fta
(15.0 m)
79 fta
(24.0 m)
125 fta
(38.1 m)
(not suitable
for this
contact size)
HSU
TP2
GND, Power
Return
16
25 mΩ
2 ft
(0.6 m)
3 ft
(0.9 m)
5 ft
(1.5 m)
(not suitable
for this
contact size)
HSU Chassis TP3
Ground
16
25 mΩ
2 ft
(additional
(0.6 m)
requirement:
max. length 1 m)
3 ft
(0.9 m)
3 ft
(1.0 m)
(not suitable
for this
contact size)
AWG20
AWG18
AWG16
AWG14
Table 5-51: Allowed Lengths for HSU Power Cables
a. The max. cable resistance is calculated using the resistance of a Klixon 2TC circuit breaker. If
another circuit breaker is used, the max. resistance and cable length may differ from these
values.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-83
Recommended Cables
5.5.3
Recommended RF Cables
The following cable types are recommended for the RF cables.
Note:
Equivalent cable types, which meet the requirements, may also be used.
CABLE TYPE
SPECIFICATIONS
Part Number
Diameter
(mm/ in.)
Minimum
Bend Radius
(mm/ in.)
Attenuation
(dB/100ft)
@ 1.6 GHz
RG 142/400
NOTE 1
NOTE 1
Approx. 18.0
PIC S22089
11.0 / 0.43
63.5 / 2.5
4.8
PIC S33141
6.9 / 0.27
35.6 / 1.4
8.6
ECS 310801
11.48 / 0.452
57.4 / 2.26
4.6
ECS 311201
8.05 / 0.317
40.6 / 1.6
6.7
ECS 311501
5.82 / 0.229
30.5 / 1.2
9.1
EMTEQ TFLX165 100
4.19 / 0.17
21.6 / 0.85
16.8
EMTEQ TFLX295 100
7.95 / 0.31
40.6 / 1.6
7.9
EMTEQ TFLX480 100
12.2 / 0.48
57.2 / 2.25
4.5
Table 5-52: List of Recommended RF Cables
NOTE 1:
In some applications, RG 142 or RG 400 may be used where strict attenuation
requirements are not an issue. Cable specifications may vary depending on
manufacturer.
5.5.4
Recommended Cables for ARINC 429
The cables for the ARINC 429 interfaces must be twisted and shielded and
conform to the standards for aeronautical use.
The following cable types meet the requirements:
• Part number 422202, 22 Awg, from ECS
• Part number 422402, 24 Awg, from ECS
• Part number 522402, 24 Awg Hi-Tensile (Gulfstream), from ECS
• Part number F 2703-48-U AG from Draka Fileca
• Part number D620224 from PIC Wire and Cable
• Part number D771553 from PIC Wire and Cable
5-84
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Recommended Cables
5.5.5
Recommended Cables for MPDS Ethernet
Cables for MPDS Ethernet on SDU (Quadrax Connector)
The cable for the MPDS Ethernet 10BaseT interface on the SDU must be a 100 Ω
4-wire twisted and shielded cable.
The following cable type meets the requirements:
• Part number 422404, Quadrax 24 Awg, from ECS
• Part number 922404, 10BaseT 24 Awg, from ECS
• Part number F 4704-4 from Draka Fileca
Cables for MPDS Ethernet on HSU (Twinax Connector)
The cable for the MPDS Ethernet 10BaseT interface on the HSU must be a 100 Ω
2-wire twisted and shielded cable.
The following cable types meet the requirements:
• Part number F 2703-37 from Draka Fileca
• Part number 41483-002-03 from Habia Cable
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-85
Commissioning
5.6
Commissioning
5.6.1
Inmarsat Aeronautical Service & Solution Providers
After obtaining an Aero-HSD+ system, the owner must settle a contract with an
Inmarsat Aeronautical Service & Solution Provider who will handle terminal
activation, billing and technical support on the network side.
Inmarsat has divided Aeronautical Service & Solution Providers into 2 categories:
• Service Providers
• Solution Providers
Service Providers
Service Providers operate or have direct access to Inmarsat aeronautical Ground
Earth Stations. They supply the network capacity to the Solution Providers. The
services are particularly well-suited for airlines and large fleets of aircrafts.
An updated list of Service Providers is available here:
http://aero.inmarsat.com/how_to_buy/service_providers.aspx
Solution Providers
Solution Provider supply airtime packages, integration and installation expertise.
The services are particularly suited to corporate, VIP and government operators.
An updated list of Solution Providers is available here:
http://aero.inmarsat.com/how_to_buy/solution_providers.aspx
5-86
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
5555
Commissioning
5.6.2
Activation
Administrative process
The activation is mainly an administrative process. The customer has to fill-in and
sign 2 documents:
• The Aeronautical SARF: The Service Activation Registration Form (SARF) is
the document required by Inmarsat for Service Activation. It includes
information such as the identity of the applicant, the type of equipment applied
for and the services required.
• The Provider subscription form: Some Service & Solution Providers require a
specific subscription form from the terminal owner.
Contact the providers for more details on this administrative process. They
provide the form for download on their website. Some also provide assistance in
filling in the documents.
When all the documents are signed, they must be sent by fax or mail to the chosen
provider. The activation can take from one day to one week, depending on the
provider and the country of registration.
Phone numbers and identifiers
When a terminal is activated, the terminal can be used on the network. The
terminal owner receives the phone numbers and identifiers:
• IMN (Inmarsat Mobile Numbers) on Swift64.
• DDI (Direct Dial-In) on Aero-H+.
• Direct phone number: to call the Aero-HSD+ terminal from the ground without
specifying the satellite region the terminal is located in (supported by a few
providers).
For information on how to make a call to the terminal, see Aero-HSD+ User
Manual, part number TT98-119959.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 5: Installation
5-87
Verifying the Installation
5.7
Verifying the Installation
Certain check procedures must be performed during and after installation of the
Aero-HSD+ system. The first check procedures are performed after wiring, but
before inserting LRUs.
For information on the required and recommended check procedures, see Check
procedures on page 7-1.
5-88
Chapter 5: Installation
TT98-113625-D
6666
Chapter 6
Configuring the System
6.1
HSD+ Configuration Program
6.1.1
Overview
Configuration parameters from the SDU and HSU are stored in the Configuration
Module (CM), which is controlled using the HSD+ Configuration Program
(HSD+CP).
To access the CM and configure and store necessary operating parameters, a configuration terminal consisting of a PC with the HSD+CP is used. The configuration terminal makes it possible to:
• set up the system with all configurable parameters
• read, write and edit a complete set of operating parameters for the system
• save/load a configuration to/from a file
• import/export selected settings from/to a file
• print settings to a printer
• get help on specific topics through the Help menu, by pressing F1, or by using
the “What’s This?” button
TT98-113625-D
6-1
HSD+ Configuration Program
6.1.2
Installation
Installation Requirements
• HSD+CP Installation CD (Part number TT 83-119958-xxx, where xxx is the
software version).
• A PC running Windows® 95, Windows 98, Windows ME, Windows 2000,
Windows XP, or Windows NT systems.
Note: To use online help or to print settings, Internet Explorer 4.0 or greater is
required.
• 1024×768 or higher display resolution. The program is best viewed using small
fonts.
• Data Cable (Part number TT 37-112940 or equivalent).
• An available serial COM port (DB9) for the Data Cable.
Installation procedure
Locate and start the “setup.exe” file from the root directory on the HSD+CP
Installation CD and follow the instructions on screen.
6-2
Chapter 6: Configuring the System
TT98-113625-D
6666
HSD+ Configuration Program
6.1.3
Description of HSD+CP
Navigation
The following picture shows the HSD+CP user interface.
Figure 6-1: HSD+CP User Interface
The HSD+CP has a selection tree at the left side of the program window. Click
with the mouse or use the keyboard arrows up and down to select the scope of
interest. Then adjust the settings in the main window to the right.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 6: Configuring the System
6-3
HSD+ Configuration Program
Applying Settings
There is no Apply function during a configuration session. When the view is
changed to another session, the settings entered in the first session are maintained.
• To apply all settings from the active session to the Aero-HSD+ system, click
the W button on the toolbar or select Write configuration to SDU from the
Link menu.
Note:
Settings are only applied to the system after a reset. By default, the
option to automatically reset the SDU is enabled when a Write
operation is performed from the HSD+CP.
• Likewise, to read the settings from the SDU into the active session in the
HSD+CP, click the R button or select Read configuration from SDU from the
Link menu.
The configuration file can be created off-line (i.e. without an SDU connected to
the PC). The settings can then be transferred to the SDU at a later stage.
Before transferring the settings, connect the TT 37-112940 data cable between the
serial port of the PC and the front connector of the SDU. See Figure 5-27: TT 37112940 Data Cable Compliant with Front Connector.
A short description of each menu is provided in the following section.
Basic setup is described in the section Basic Configuration on page 6-6. For
further information on the HSD+ Configuration Program, please refer to the builtin help system of the program.
Comparing Configurations
When comparing configurations, it can be useful to have two or more sessions
open at the same time.
The HSD+CP is a Multiple Document Interface (MDI) program. This means that
multiple (in this case four) configuration sessions can be open at the same time,
presented as tab pages. Switch between these sessions simply by selecting the tabs
or using the Windows menu on the Menu bar.
6-4
Chapter 6: Configuring the System
TT98-113625-D
6666
HSD+ Configuration Program
6.1.4
Menu Overview
The HSD+CP comprises the following sub-items:
„ HSD+CP Configuration - start-up window
„ Satellite Network - setup of the conditions for logon to the satellite network,
including automatic/manual logon, setup of GESs for the H+ service and LESs
for the HSD service and initial satellite data.
„ Phone Book - a list of up to 100 phone numbers. From this window you can
add, edit and delete information in the phone book and assign quick-dial
numbers.
„ Information
• Versions etc. - shows
• the versions of the software installed in the SDU, the Handsets #1 through 4
and the Antenna.
• the PCB numbers of the individual boards in the system.
• the serial numbers of the LRUs in the system.
• the LRU Revision numbers of the SDU, the HPA and the antenna system.
• the build dates and the CRCs of the current builds.
• Identification - setup of ICAO address and ISN numbers.
„ Installation
• Handsets - setting of handset type, volume, ring tones etc. of the handsets in
the system.
• Ring Profiles - setup of ring profiles that each determine the behavior of all
handsets and annunciators.
• RF - setup of antenna and DLNA types, EIRP settings and RF cable losses.
• Ext. Systems - setup of external systems such as IRS/AHRS, CMU/ACARS,
MCDU/FMS etc.
• Date & Time - setup of date and time in the SDU and synchronization.
• BITE - List of BITE codes with the option to disable display of selected codes.
„ Tools
• Antenna Alignment - Point to a position on the map and view Azimuth and
Elevation.
• LAN - IP parameters for LAN connection. Under normal conditions, these
parameters should not be changed.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 6: Configuring the System
6-5
HSD+ Configuration Program
6.1.5
Basic Configuration
For detailed information on how to use the HSD+CP, please refer to the built-in
help system of the program (press F1 or use the Help menu).
Minimum Setup
As a minimum, you need to set up
• ICAO address.
In the navigation window of the HSD+CP, select Identification under
Information.
Then click the Copy button to copy the strapped ICAO address to the Config
Module, or type in the ICAO address in the Config Module field.
• Antenna type and heading.
Select RF under Installation and select the antenna type. Then enter the
Heading, Roll and Pitch offset.
• DLNA type and Diplexer loss.
In the RF window select the DLNA type and the Diplexer loss of the DLNA.
• Cable loss.
In the RF window, enter the cable losses in the Cable Loss fields.
• Navigation parameters, IRS/AHRS.
Select Ext. Systems under Installation.
Then select IRS or AHRS, select which interfaces are connected and whether
they run at low or high speed.
• Preferred LES and Logon Policy
Select ISDN or MPDS service and set up the list of preferred LESs.
Set H+ Logon Policy to Automatic or Manual.
• Handset parameters, Broadcast Ring Tone.
Select Handsets under installation. Then select a ring tone from the
Broadcast Ring Tone scroll list.
It is also recommended to set up
• Preferred GES.
Select Satellite Network and set up the list of preferred GESs.
6-6
Chapter 6: Configuring the System
TT98-113625-D
6666
HSD+ Configuration Program
External Equipment
Depending on the connected equipment, it may be necessary to enter information
on some of the following items:
• Handsets.
Select Handsets under Installation.
Then enter which handset is installed on which interface and set the parameters
for each handset.
• Fax.
In the Handsets window, select Connected for the 2-wire interface that is
connected to a fax. This means the interface will not ring on a broadcast call.
• Ring Profiles.
Select Ring Profiles under Handsets. Set up one or more profiles that
determine which interfaces should ring when a broadcast call is received, and
which should not.
There are five possible profiles. One of them, “TakeOfLandng”, is preset and
cannot be changed. If the “Chime/Lamps Inhibit” input is activated, the
“TakeOfLandng” profile is automatically used. This input should be activated
during take-off and landing.
• CMU/ACARS/MCDU/FMS/WOW.
Select Ext. Systems under Installation.
Then enter which systems are connected and enter the requested parameters for
each system.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 6: Configuring the System
6-7
Configuration of 3rd Party Phone Systems
6.2
Configuration of 3rd Party Phone
Systems
6.2.1
MagnaStar
Some initial setup of the MagnaStar system is necessary for the system to work
properly.
Note:
The information in this section is only meant as a guideline. For complete
information on the function and menus of the MagnaStar system, refer to
the MagnaStar manual.
To Set up the AIUs
Use the handset menus to set up the AIUs as follows:
1. Enter the Maintenance menu and navigate to the AIU SATCOM settings.
2. Set Impedance to High.
3. Set the mode to Handset.
To Assign the AIUs to the Handsets
When the AIUs are configured, air-to-ground calls can be made, but in order to be
able to make ground-to-air calls, an AIU must be assigned for each handset.
For each handset, enter the handset menu system and do as follows:
1. From the Maintenance menu, navigate to the Satcom Term ID setting.
2. Select Station and set the Terminal ID to 001 or 002.
To Set the Gain and Side Tone (Older Versions)
For some older versions of the MagnaStar system, each handset must be set up as
follows, in order to ensure correct operation:
1. From the Maintenance menu in the handset, navigate to the following
parameters and set them as specified:
• Typical Tx Gain: 070
• Side tone: 005
6-8
Chapter 6: Configuring the System
TT98-113625-D
6666
Configuration of 3rd Party Phone Systems
6.2.2
Sigma7
There are a few adjustments that are typically made at the time of installation
testing. Normally it is necessary to set the ear volume of the handset initially, in
order to obtain sufficient volume in the ear piece.
Note:
The information in this section is only meant as a guideline. For complete
information on the function of the Sigma7 handset, refer to the Sigma7
manual.
To Set up the Ear Volume
To set up the ear volume of the handset, do as follows:
1. Take the handset out of the cradle and enter the menu system.
2. Use the volume control keys to scroll to the EARVOL setting.
3. Press the Flash key to select EARVOL.
4. Change the volume setting to 4 using the volume control keys.
5. Press # to store the setting.
To adjust other settings, press Flash to return to the menu.
6. Place the handset back into the cradle.
For further information on the Sigma7 handset, refer to the manual for the Sigma7
handset.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 6: Configuring the System
6-9
Configuration of 3rd Party Phone Systems
6.2.3
2.4GHz Cordless
It is sometimes necessary to adjust the volume of the 2.4GHz Cordless handset, in
order to obtain sufficient volume in the ear piece. Also, the setting of the handset
might have to be changed from pulse to tone, if this is not already set.
Note:
The information in this section is only meant as a guideline. For complete
information on the function of the 2.4GHz Cordless phone, refer to the
manual for your 2.4GHz Cordless phone.
Setting the Volume
To change the volume setting, enter the handset menus and do as follows:
1. Scroll to Audio Sett and press OK.
2. Select H/Set Vol and press OK.
The current volume is heard in the ear piece and the level is displayed.
3. Scroll to the desired volume and press OK.
To Switch to Tone Dialling
To change the dialling mode, do as follows:
1. Open the handset menu.
2. Scroll to Temp Tone and press OK.
Tone dialling is now active.
6-10
Chapter 6: Configuring the System
TT98-113625-D
7777
Basic Check Flow
Check procedures
7.1
Basic Check Flow
Important Note!
None of the check procedures described in this chapter can serve as a replacement
for any of the required approvals and certifications.
Check Procedures
In order to ensure the correct function of the system, the below check flow should
be followed.
1. Pre-Installation Check.
Perform this check after wiring, but before inserting the LRUs.
This is a check of the most important connections, the circuit breakers, cable
losses etc. Refer to Pre-Installation Check on page 7-2.
2. Configuration.
After performing the Pre-Installation Check, configure the system using the
HSD+ Configuration Program.
Refer to HSD+ Configuration Program on page 6-1, or consult the built-in
online help of the HSD+CP.
3. Functional Test, on Ground.
When the system is configured and commissioned, a functional test should be
performed. The functional test should check all user interfaces, such as voice,
fax, high speed data, annunciators, satcom on/off switch etc.
Refer to Functional Test, on Ground on page 7-4.
4. Interference Test.
After the functional test, an interference test should be performed. This test is
to verify that transmission from the Aero-HSD+ system has no effect on the
avionics of the aircraft, particularly navigation equipment.
Refer to Interference Test on page 7-5.
Note:
If additional avionics are installed in the aircraft at a later stage, the
interference test should be performed again to ensure correct operation.
5. Functional Test, Airborne.
After the interference test, a functional test should be performed while the
aircraft is airborne. This test is basically the same as the functional test on
ground. Refer to Functional Test, Airborne on page 7-6.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 7: Check procedures
7-1
Pre-Installation Check
7.2
Pre-Installation Check
It is recommended to check the installation before inserting LRUs. The following
list provides some of the most important issues, but other additional checks may
be relevant for the specific installation.
Reference
Section
Item
Description of Check
Mounting
trays
Ensure service/maintenance
accessibility.
5.2
Check that environmental
considerations are met
(Cooling, air-flow and pressure)
B.2
Check orientation of coding pins in SDU
tray connector
4.1.3
Check orientation of coding pins in HPA
tray connector
4.2
Check orientation of coding pins in HSU
tray connector
4.3.3
Quadrax
insert
orientation
Check that the Quadrax connector is
oriented correctly in the SDU tray
connector.
4.1.3
Grounding
stud
Check that the grounding stud on the
DLNA is connected correctly to aircraft
chassis.
Circuit
breaker
rating
Check the SDU circuit breaker: 4 A
5.3.2
Check the HPA circuit breaker: 20 A
5.3.2
Check the HSU circuit breaker: 4 A
5.4.2
Coding of
tray
connectors
√
Value/
Comment
Table 7-1: Check Sheet: Installation Check Before Inserting LRUs.
7-2
Chapter 7: Check procedures
TT98-113625-D
7777
Pre-Installation Check
Reference
Section
Item
Description of Check
Polarity of
28 V DC
Power
Check 28 V DC polarity on SDU tray
connector
(TP1: +28 V DC Power and TP2: GND,
Power Return)
4.1.3
5.3.2
Check 28 V DC polarity on HPA tray
connector
(BPA1: +28 V DC Power and BPA2:
GND, Power Return)
4.2
5.3.2
Check 28 V DC polarity on HSU tray
connector
(TP1: +28 V DC Power and TP2: GND,
Power Return)
4.3.3
5.4.2
Handset
power
Check power to the handsets on DB15
connector to be inserted in cradle
5.3.8
4.4.2
nOn
Check that TP5 (nOn) on the SDU
tray connector is connected to a
switch or directly to Chassis GND
(TP3).
5.3.2
4.1.3
Handset
Check that 2-wire handsets are not
connections connected to 4-wire cradles.
to Cradles
RF cable
losses
Check loss from SDU to DLNA
Check loss from SDU to HPA
Check loss from HPA to DLNA
√
Value/
Comment
5.3.3
6.1.5
Check loss from DLNA to Antenna
Software
version
Check the software version of the SDU.
Table 7-1: Check Sheet: Installation Check Before Inserting LRUs.
After a successful check of the installation, use the HSD+ Configuration Program
to configure the system. For further information, refer to HSD+ Configuration
Program on page 6-1, or the built-in help system of the HSD+CP.
Note:
TT98-113625-D
The cable loss values registered in the above table must be entered into
the HSD+ CP during configuration.
Chapter 7: Check procedures
7-3
Functional Test, on Ground
7.3
Functional Test, on Ground
Note:
The system must be commissioned before performing this test. Refer to
Commissioning on page 5-86.
The following list provides some of the most important checks to perform after
power-up, but other additional checks may be relevant for the specific installation.
If any of the checks should fail, guidance is provided in the section Initial
Troubleshooting on page 8-11.
Item
Description of Check
SDU LEDs
Check that the Power LED is green
Reference
√
Value/
Comment
Check that the Fail/Pass LED is green
Check that the Logon LED is green
Voice
Make an aircraft to ground call
Aero-HSD+
User Manual
Make a ground to aircraft call
Aero-HSD+
User Manual
Send an H+ fax from aircraft to
ground
Aero-HSD+
User Manual
Send an H+ fax from ground to
aircraft
Aero-HSD+
User Manual
Send an HSD fax from aircraft to
ground
Aero-HSD+
User Manual
Send an HSD fax from ground to
aircraft
Aero-HSD+
User Manual
Connect to the internet from a
laptop, using the ISDN
connection.
Aero-HSD+
User Manual
MPDS (Ethernet) Connect to the internet from a
Aero-HSD+
User Manual
handsets #1 to #6
Fax
ISDN
laptop, using the MPDS Ethernet
connection.
AFIS/ACARS
Send test message and verify reply
or request for weather data and
verify the data is downloaded.
Both is done from the FMS. Refer
to FMS manual for more info.
FMS
Manual
Table 7-2: Check Sheet: Functional Test, on Ground
7-4
Chapter 7: Check procedures
TT98-113625-D
7777
Interference Test
7.4
Interference Test
Introduction
It is recommended to perform an interference test to ensure that transmission from
the Aero-HSD+ system does not influence any of the primary avionics on the
aircraft.
Important!
This test is not a replacement for any EMC tests in connection with
e.g. an STC, TC or Field Approval. It is only an additional practical
test of the application.
Test
During the test, the aircraft must be on ground. A skilled person should be
observing the instruments.
1. Log on to the satellite in the lowest possible elevation.
2. Place the aircraft in such a position that the satcom antenna transmits in the
direction of the other antennas on the aircraft.
Example: If the satcom antenna is tail-mounted, place the aircraft with the
nose pointing in the direction of the satellite. The antenna will then
transmit in the direction of the other antennas placed in front of it.
3. While transmission is ongoing, observe all primary navigation instruments,
autopilot, VOR/ILS, ADF and DME etc. and make sure none of the instruments
are influenced by the Aero-HSD+ transmission.
4. Monitor all VHF communication and make sure squelch is not opened
unintentionally.
5. If TCAS/ACAS is installed, verify that it is not flagged “FAILED” during
satcom transmission.
Note:
TT98-113625-D
If any additional avionics are installed at a later stage, the interference
test should be performed again.
Chapter 7: Check procedures
7-5
Functional Test, Airborne
7.5
Functional Test, Airborne
The following list provides some of the most important checks to perform while
the aircraft is airborne, after all on-ground tests are passed. Other additional
checks may be relevant for the specific installation.
If any of the checks should fail, guidance is provided in the section Initial
Troubleshooting on page 8-11.
Item
Description of Check
Voice
Make an air to ground call and keep it
up during a 360º turn. Monitor the
C/No for any drops during the turn.
Aero-HSD+
User
Manual
Make a ground to air call
Aero-HSD+
User
Manual
Send an H+ fax from air to ground
Aero-HSD+
User
Manual
Send an H+ fax from ground to air
Aero-HSD+
User
Manual
Send an HSD fax from air to ground
Aero-HSD+
User
Manual
Send an HSD fax from ground to air
Aero-HSD+
User
Manual
ISDN
Connect to the internet from a
laptop, using the ISDN
connection.
Aero-HSD+
User
Manual
MPDS
(Ethernet)
Connect to the internet from a
laptop, using the MPDS Ethernet
connection.
Aero-HSD+
User
Manual
AFIS/ACARS
Send test message and verify reply
or request for weather data and
verify the data is downloaded.
Both is done from the FMS. Refer
to FMS manual for more info.
FMS
Manual
Fax
Reference
√
Value/
Comment
Table 7-3: Check Sheet: Functional Test, Airborne
7-6
Chapter 7: Check procedures
TT98-113625-D
8888
Chapter 8
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
8.1
Continued Airworthiness
8.1.1
General
Maintenance requirements and instructions for continued airworthiness of the
Thrane & Thrane units in the Aero-HSD+ System are restricted to the fact that the
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit and the TT-5038A High Speed Data Unit require
replacement of an internal battery at a periodic scheduled service task of 7 years
(Overhaul). The Overhaul period is defined as the recommended period from
production date or last maintenance to next maintenance.
When replacing the TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU), it is important to leave
the TT-5035A-001 Configuration Module (CM) behind, attached to the airframe
with a wire.
8.1.2
Instructions
Documentation
Maintenance information for the Aero-HSD+ System is contained in this manual.
Wiring diagram information contained in this manual should be placed into the
aircraft operator's appropriate aircraft Wiring Diagram Manuals.
Inoperative Units
If a system component is inoperative, remove or replace the unit.
If an inoperative SDU is removed, take out the TT-5035A-001 Configuration
Module (CM) and fasten the CM and wiring. Secure all cables, collect applicable
switches and circuit breakers, and label them inoperative. Revise the equipment
list and weight and balance as applicable prior to flight and make a log book entry
that the unit was removed.
For information on how to return a unit for repair, see Returning Units for
Repair on page 8-15.
Once repaired, reinstall the LRU in the aircraft in accordance with the instructions
in this Installation and Maintenance Manual.
TT98-113625-D
8-1
Continued Airworthiness
Scheduled Maintenance Program
The high-speed data system components are considered on-condition units and no
additional maintenance is required other than a check for security and operation at
normal inspection intervals.
Scheduled Maintenance Program tasks to be added to the aircraft operator's
appropriate aircraft maintenance program are as follows:
Recommended Periodic Scheduled Servicing Tasks:
8-2
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU)
7 years
TT-5038A High Speed Data Unit (HSU)
7 years
TT-5035A-001 Configuration Module (CM)
none required
TT-5014A High Power Amplifier (HPA)
none required
TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset
none required
TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle
none required
TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset
none required
TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle
none required
Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
TT98-113625-D
8888
Continued Airworthiness
Recommended Periodic Inspections:
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU)
none required
TT-5038A High Speed Data Unit (HSU)
none required
TT-5035A-001 Configuration Module (CM)
none required
TT-5014A High Power Amplifier (HPA)
none required
TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset
none required
TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle
none required
TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset
none required
TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle
none required
Recommended Periodic Scheduled Preventative Maintenance Tests:
(Tests to determine system condition and/or latent failures)
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU)
none required
TT-5038A High Speed Data Unit (HSU)
none required
TT-5035A-001 Configuration Module (CM)
none required
TT-5014A High Power Amplifier (HPA)
none required
TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset
none required
TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle
none required
TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset
none required
TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle
none required
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
8-3
Software Update
8.2
Software Update
Hardware and Software Requirements
The following items are required before the software can be updated:
• One IBM compatible PC with a 9-pin serial COM port available (or a 25-pin
serial COM port with a 25-to-9 converter attached)
• One serial interconnect cable 9-pin to 15-pin Sub-D, Thrane & Thrane part no.
TT-37-112940. Refer to Figure 5-27: TT 37-112940 Data Cable Compliant
with Front Connector.
• A terminal program installed on the PC (e.g. Windows HyperTerminal)
• An unzip program installed on the PC (e.g. WinZip)
• The zipped file containing the new software.
The new software can be obtained using www.tt.dk/aero/support.
Preparing the Software Update
Note:
Software update is only allowed with a JAA/FAA145 approval
(Repair Station).
1. On the PC, unzip the zip file containing the new software.
2. Connect the SDU front port to the PC COM port, using the interconnect cable.
3. Set the terminal program baud rate to 115200 baud, No parity, 8 bit symbols.
4. Set the terminal transmission protocol to Xmodem-1K, binary transfer.
8-4
Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
TT98-113625-D
8888
Software Update
Updating the Software
1. Assure that the terminal program communicates with the SDU by striking the
 key a couple of times. Each keystroke must cause the SDU to reply
with a prompt line 'H+>'.
2. Turn off the power for the SDU.
3. Using the terminal program, start transmission of the new file from the PC to
the SDU.
Note:
The procedure for transmitting a file varies, depending on the terminal
program used. Refer to the instructions for the terminal program.
4. Power on the SDU.
When the file has finished transmission, the SDU will reset itself. Wait until the
POST test has finished (the green Pass/Fail LED on the front of the SDU will
become steadily green). The first self test after the software upload will take 4½
- 5 minutes (normally it takes 1½ - 2 minutes).
5. Mark the new software version on the SDU label.
Testing Procedure
To verify that the software was updated correctly, do as follows:
1. From the terminal program, issue the command:
version
2. On the resulting screen output, look for the 5th output line:
'Application SW version........... X.YY'
-where X.YY stands for the version number of the software.
3. Verify that the version number is correct.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
8-5
Troubleshooting
8.3
Troubleshooting
8.3.1
Status Signalling
Built-In Test Equipment
The SDU provides a Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) function in order to make
fault diagnostics easy during service and installation.
The BITE test is performed during:
• Power On Self Test (POST), which is automatically performed each time the
system is powered on.
• Person Activated Self Test (PAST), which is initiated by pressing the Push To
Test button on the SDU front panel.
Also, during operation a Continuous Monitoring BITE function is performed.
Each LRU in the Aero-HSD+ system has its own BITE function but they are all
controlled and monitored by the SDU in the system.
The result of the BITE tests for the complete Aero-HSD+ system is a four digit
error code. The two most significant digits represent the main group and are
displayed on the SDU front panel. The two least significant digits give further
details. All four digits are displayed in the user handset display together with more
detailed information.
Means of Signalling
The Aero-HSD+ system provides various methods for signalling the status of the
system.
• LEDs on the front panel of the SDU, optional HSU and the HPA are used to
signal:
• Power on/off
• Logon
• Fail/Pass
• The handset display in the Thrane & Thrane 4-wire handset is used to display
messages concerning:
• information from the services
• status information from the system to the user
• equipment errors.
• The BITE display on the SDU is used to display BITE error codes. Refer to
System Messages on page C-1.
8-6
Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
TT98-113625-D
8888
Troubleshooting
Push to Test (PTT) button on SDU
The SDU has a hardware reset/test button placed on the front panel for BITE
purposes. This button is used to reset the SDU and to activate a self test (PAST).
LEDs on the SDU
Power LED
The function of the Power LED on the SDU is:
LED Color
Description
Green
Power OK
Orange
Uploading software
Off
No power
Logon LED (H+)
The Logon LED on the SDU shows the H+ logon status.
The HSD logon status is only signalled in the 4-wire handset.
The possible colors are listed below, with a short description of what they
indicate:
LED Color
Description
Off
No Acquired Satellite
Red
Acquired a network satellite
Orange
Network synchronization
Green
Network Logon
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
8-7
Troubleshooting
Fail/Pass LED, SDU
The function of the Fail/Pass LED on the SDU is:
Behavior
Description
Steady red
Fail
Alternating:
Short green / long pause
Power On Self Test (POST) or Person
Activated Self Test (PAST) in progress.
Alternating:
Long green/ short orange 0.5 Hz
No current failure, but a BITE failure /
warning is logged in the error log
Steady green
No faults
LEDs on HPA
Power LED
The function of the Power LED on the HPA is:
Behavior
Description
Steady green
Power OK
Off
No power
Fail/Pass LED
The function of the Fail/Pass LED on the HPA is:
8-8
Behavior
Description
Steady red
Fail
Off
No Faults
Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
TT98-113625-D
8888
Troubleshooting
LEDs on Optional HSU
Power LED
The function of the Power LED on the HSU is:
Behavior
Description
Steady green
The unit is turned on and has completed
POST test.
Flashes 0.25 s out of every 4 s
(together with the red Fail LED –
see below)
The unit is turned on but is waiting for the
SDU (and has not yet started POST).
Flashes 0.5 s out of every 2 s.
POST or PAST is in process.
Off
No power.
Fail LED
The function of the Fail LED on the HSU is:
Behavior
Description
Steady red
A fault which may degrade the system
operation is present in the HSU.
Flashing (together with the
Power LED – see above)
The unit is turned on but is waiting for the
SDU (and has not yet started POST).
Off
Normal operation. No faults are present, and
the unit is no longer waiting for the SDU.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
8-9
Troubleshooting
Messages
Two types of messages are displayed in the Thrane & Thrane 4-wire handsets.
• Cause codes are information from the services or status information from the
system to the user.
• BITE codes are information about errors in the equipment.
BITE codes are also shown in the BITE display of the SDU and in the display of
the 4-wire handset.
For further information and lists of the possible error codes, see the appendix
System Messages on page C-1.
BITE Display on SDU
The two-digit 7-segment BITE display (green) is used for displaying BITE codes.
Only the two most significant digits of the four-digit BITE codes are shown in the
SDU display.
For further information and a list of the BITE codes, refer to BITE Error Codes
on page C-17.
8-10
Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
TT98-113625-D
8888
Troubleshooting
8.3.2
Initial Troubleshooting
Overview
This section describes an initial check of the primary functions of the Aero-HSD+
system, and provides some guidelines for troubleshooting, if one of the checks
should fail.
Generally, if a fault occurs without any obvious reason, it is always recommended
to observe the LEDs and the BITE display.
For information on the function of the LEDs and the BITE display, refer to Status
Signalling on page 8-6.
For a list of all the BITE codes and Cause codes, refer to the appendix System
Messages on page C-1.
It may sometimes be necessary to use terminal commands for debugging, using
the front Maintenance port of the SDU.
For information on how to use the front port for debugging, see Using
Commands on page D-1.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
8-11
Troubleshooting
Check of LEDs
The below flow chart shows the initial check of the LEDs on the SDU, HPA and
HSU.
Check:
No y Power connections
y Circuit Breakers
y nOn input (TP5)
SDU Power LED
green?
Yes
Check for error
codes in:
No y BITE display
on SDU
y Handset
y Maintenance
port.
SDU Fail/Pass LED
steady green?
Yes
HPA related
BITE?
HSU related
BITE?
No
Yes
HPA Power
LED green?
Yes
Yes
HSU Power
LED green?
No
SDU Logon
LED green?
Yes
No
SDU Logon
LED off?
Yes
No
SDU Logon
LED red?
Yes
No
SDU Logon
LED orange?
Continue to:
Check of MPDS,
ISDN and Handsets
Yes
No
Yes
No
Check:
y Power connections
y Circuit Breakers
y nOn input (BP6)
Check:
y Power connections
y Circuit Breakers
y nOn input (BP6)
Check:
y HPA correct in tray
y SDU to HPA RF cable
y SDU-HPA control signals
(SDU BP78-BP81 and
HPA BP25-BP28)
Check:
y HSU correct in tray
y SDU-HSU control
signals (SDU BP32BP35+BP56 and HSU
TP19-TP22+TP8)
Set logon policy
to automatic or
log on manually
Error found?
No
Troubleshoot
according to BITE
code. If you are unable
to resolve the issue,
call Thrane & Thrane
Customer Service.
Check:
y Signal strength: Refer to the section about signal
strength in the User Manual. If low, check that the
antenna has line of sight to the satellite and that the
navigation data are correct.
y Rx RF cable and connectors.
y SDU tray connector.
y SDU correct in tray.
y Antenna system incl. DLNA.
Check:
y Logon Cause code in handset (or maintenance port).
y HPA tray connector.
y HPA correct in tray.
y Tx RF cable and connectors.
y Signal strength: Refer to the section about signal
strength in the User Manual. If low, check that the
antenna has line of sight to the satellite and that the
navigation data are correct.
y Rx RF cable and connectors.
y SDU tray connector.
y SDU correct in tray.
y Antenna system incl. DLNA.
y Is ICAO address commissioned?
Figure 8-1: Initial Check of LEDs
8-12
Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
TT98-113625-D
8888
Troubleshooting
Check of MPDS, ISDN and Handsets
After checking the LEDs, the user functions should be checked.
The below flow chart shows the initial check of MPDS, ISDN and handsets.
MPDS working?
No
No
Dialing?
Note 1.
SDU LAN Yes
Link?
Yes
No
Yes
Check:
y HSD ch signal strength > 54dB/Hz.
y PPPoE username/password.
y ISN number is commissioned.
y Call release code on maintenance port.
ISDN DATA
working?
No
Note 1.
Check:
y Wiring between SDU Quadrax
connector and PC/router.
y Router is powered.
Check:
y HSD logged on.
y Wiring between SDU (BP6669) and PC/Router.
No
Dialing?
Yes
Yes
Check:
y HSD ch signal strength > 54dB/Hz.
y PPP username/password (from service provider).
y ISN number is commissioned.
y Call release code on maintenance port.
4-wire handsets
working?
No
Internal
call OK
Air to
GND OK
No
No
Check:
y Call release code displayed in the handset
while making a call. Troubleshoot accordingly.
Yes
GND to
air OK
2-wire handsets
working?
No
Dialtone?
No
No
Yes
No
System
"ready"
No
Yes
Check:
y Dialed number is correct as shown on
activation form.
y Handset is not inhibited by flaps or slats.
y Routing is correct (ask your service provider).
Check:
y Handset plugged correctly into cradle.
y Wiring from cradle to SDU.
Check:
y Error tone in handset when dialing.
y Call release code on maintenance port.
Yes
Data 2
(AFIS/ACARS)
working?
If router installed, check:
y PC to router connection has
link.
y PC has correct IP address.
y PC can ping router
y Router configuration.
Check:
y Handset plugged correctly into cradle.
y Wiring from cradle to SDU.
y Handset configuration in HSD+CP.
Yes
Yes
Check:
y HSD logged on.
y PC to router connection has
link.
y PC has correct IP address.
y PC can ping router.
y Router configuration.
Yes
Check:
y Connection between SDU (BP41-45) and
CMU.
y Configuration in HSD+CP. CMU/ACARS
marked "Connected" and correct speed
selected.
If handset shows "Circuit mode", your ICAO
number is not commisioned for DATA 2.
Continue to
Check of FAX.
Note 1. HSD dial attempt can be seen as an increase in C/No of approximately 5-7 dB on the HSD channel.
Figure 8-2: Initial Check of MPDS, Fax, 4-Wire Handsets and ISDN
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
8-13
Troubleshooting
Check of Fax
The below flow chart shows the initial check of the fax interfaces.
Fax working?
No
Fax on H+?
Yes
No
Dialtone?
No
Yes
Yes
Ringing?
No
Yes
Sending OK
(Air to GND)
No
Yes
Receive OK
(GND to Air)
Fax on
HSD?
Check:
y Connection from fax "Line" to
SDU port 5 (TP19/6) or
6 (TP8/7)
Yes
Dialtone?
No
No
Yes
Ringing?
Sending OK
(Air to GND)
Yes
Problems
receiving?
Check OK
No
No
No
Check:
y Connection to correct port on
SDU by dialing 5# or 6# from
a handset.
y Ring Profiles correctly set up.
y Service Provider has system
setup for "FAX on H+" and on
correct port (same as above).
Check:
y The fax machine is set for
overseas mode.
y Use "01" as prefix.
y Fax startup transmit speed:
2400 bit/s (recommended).
Check:
y The fax machine is set for
overseas mode.
y The fax is set to pick up after
two or less rings.
y The fax is in "FAX mode".
Check:
y HSD logged on.
y Connection from fax "Line" to
router or SDU.
y Router works for ISDN data.
Check:
y Service Provider has system
setup for "FAX on HSD".
Check:
y The fax machine is set for
overseas mode.
y Use "00" as prefix.
y The router uses "3.1KHz
audio" service.
Check:
y The fax machine is set for
overseas mode.
y The fax is set to pick up after
two or less rings.
Figure 8-3: Initial Check of Fax
8-14
Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
TT98-113625-D
8888
Returning Units for Repair
8.4
Returning Units for Repair
8.4.1
Return Material Authorization (RMA)
To return equipment to Thrane & Thrane for repair this RMA procedure must be
followed.
Failure to comply with this procedure may cause shipping delays and additional
charges.
Warranty Returns
Equipment that qualifies for warranty repair can be returned to Thrane & Thrane
for repair or replacement at our discretion. The customer is charged for the
shipping costs to Thrane & Thrane, and Thrane & Thrane will pay the shipping
costs to return the repaired/replaced unit to the customer.
Non-Warranty Returns
Equipment that fails to work properly because of improper or negligent use,
abuse, shipping damaged or any other condition can still be returned to Thrane &
Thrane for repair or replacement at our discretion.
The customer will be notified of the cost to repair or replace the unit before
invoicing for repair or replacement. The customer is charged for the shipping cost
to and from Thrane & Thrane.
Repackaging Requirements
An Aero-HSD+ unit must be returned to Thrane & Thrane in suitable ESD
secured shipping containers; failure to do so may invalidate the warranty.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
8-15
Returning Units for Repair
RMA Procedure
Before returning units to Thrane & Thrane for repair, please follow this procedure:
1. Have the following information ready before calling the Customer Service
Center:
• T&T Model number (example: TT405035A SDU).
• Serial number (example: 00443322).
• A thorough description of the fault.
• Aircraft serial number and/or tail number.
2. Call Thrane & Thrane Inc. Customer Service at: +1-757-463-9557 and ask
for Aero-HSD+ support.
3. Describe the fault as thoroughly as possible and ask for assistance. In some
cases, the error may be resolved over the phone.
4. If the unit has to be returned for repair, request an RMA number.
5. Request replacement/loan unit if required.
6. Pack the equipment or parts to be returned in approved shipping containers.
7. Write the RMA number on the outside of all shipping containers and ship to:
Thrane & Thrane Inc.
509 Viking Drive Suite
VA 23452 Virginia Beach
USA
8-16
Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
TT98-113625-D
Appendices
AAAA
Appendix A
Equipment Specifications
A.1
Introduction
Important Note!
The information, drawings, and wiring diagrams contained in this manual are
intended as a reference for engineering planning only. It is the installer’s
responsibility to compose installation drawings specific to the aircraft.
A.1.1
Total Weight of the Aero-HSD+ System
The total weight of the basic Thrane & Thrane units in an Aero-HSD+ system is:
26.04 lbs ± 1.21 lbs (11.78 kg ± 0.55 kg).
Note:
Cables are not included.
The weight comprises the following units:
• TT-5035A SDU
7.72 lbs ±0.22 lbs (3.50 kg ±0.10 kg)
(incl. TT-5035A-001 CM)
• TT-5014A HPA
11.24 lbs ±0.44 lbs (5.10 kg ±0.20 kg)
• TT-5012A DLNA
5.8 lbs ±0.33 lbs (2.60 kg ±0.15 kg)
• TT-5620A Handset 0.68 lbs ±0.11 lbs (0.31 kg ±0.05 kg)
• TT-5622A Cradle
TT98-113625-D
0.60 lbs ±0.11 lbs (0.27 kg ± 0.05 kg)
A-1
Aero-HSD+ System Components
A.2
Aero-HSD+ System Components
A.2.1
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU)
Specification with TT-5035A-001 Configuration Module (CM) mounted.
Characteristics
Specification
Dimensions
ARINC 404A 3/8 ATR short, 3 MCU
(L x W x H)
12.62” x 7.62” x 3.56”
(320.5 mm x 193.5 mm x 90.4 mm)
Weight
7.72 lbs ±0.22 lbs (3.5 kg ±0.1 kg)
incl. Configuration Module
Mounting
Mount in an ARINC 404A 3/8 ATR short tray in a
temperature controlled location.
Forced cooling is not recommended.
Nominal: +28.0 V DC
Supply Voltage
Voltage range
continuous operation: +20.5 V DC to 32.2 V DC
short time operation: +18.0 V DC to 32.2 V DC
Power Hold-up
5 ms. fully operational, 200 ms. Power Save Mode.
Power Consumption
Max. 48 Wa, typ. 30 W.
Connectors
Rear: ARINC 404A
Front: SUB-D 15 Female.
Operating Temperature
-25 ºC to +55 ºC
Altitude
55000 ft
Environmental Categories
Refer to Environmental Qualification form in the
appendix DO-160C/D Specifications on page B-1 in this
manual.
Table A-1: General Specifications for SDU
a. Includes 4 x 4-wire handsets, 2 x 2-wire handsets, 4 ISDN phones and one TT-5012A
DLNA.
A-2
Appendix A: Equipment Specifications
TT98-113625-D
AAAA
Aero-HSD+ System Components
A.2.2
TT-5014A High Power Amplifier (HPA)
Characteristics
Specification
Dimensions
ARINC 404A 3/8 ATR short, 3 MCU
(L x W x H)
12.62” x 7.79” x 3.66”
(320.5 mm x 193.5 mm x 93.0 mm)
Weight
11.24 lbs ±0.44 lbs (5.1 kg ±0.2 kg)
Mounting
Can be installed in a non-temperature controlled location.
The HPA is designed with built-in forced cooling. Do not
block the cooling air holes. Minimum clearance top and
bottom: 1” (25 mm)
Mount in ARINC 404A 3/8 ATR short tray with oval cutout as shown in Figure 3-12: Outline Drawing: Tray for
SDU and HPA..
Nominal: +28.0 V DC
Supply Voltage
Voltage range,
continuous operation: +20.5 V DC to 32.2 V DC
short time operation: +18.0 V DC to 32.2 V DC
Power Hold-up
5 ms. fully operational, 200 ms. Power Save Mode.
Power Consumption
Max. 200 W, Absolute max. 235 W incl. Chelton HGA7000 antenna.
Composite Output Power
37.4 W (Burst Mode)
30.0 W (Continuous Mode)
Connectors
Rear: ARINC 404A
Operating Temperature
-55 ºC to +70 ºC
Altitude
55000 ft
Environmental Categories
Refer to Environmental Qualification form in the
appendix DO-160C/D Specifications on page B-1 in this
manual.
Table A-2: General Specifications for HPA
TT98-113625-D
Appendix A: Equipment Specifications
A-3
Aero-HSD+ System Components
A.2.3
TT-5012A Diplexer Low Noise Amplifier (DLNA)
Characteristics
Specification
Dimensions (L x W x H)
10.58” x 7.64” x 1.95”
(268.8 mm x 194.0 mm x 49.5 mm)
Weight
5.8 lbs ±0.33 lbs (2.6 kg ±150 g)
Mounting
Should be mounted as close to the Antenna unit as
possible.
Place the DLNA with sufficient contact to the surface,
respecting the max. resistance of 3 mΩ.
The DLNA can be mounted on a shelf or directly on the
fuselage. If the DLNA is mounted directly on fuselage,
mount with Cadmium plated washers.
Make sure the ground stud is connected to fuselage.
Supply Voltage
+12 V DC, provided by SDU via coaxial cable.
Short circuit protected.
Power Consumption
Max. 1.6 W (included in SDU power consumption).
Operating Temperature
-55 ºC to +70 ºC
Altitude
55000 ft
Environmental Categories
Refer to Environmental Qualification form in the
appendix DO-160C/D Specifications on page B-1 in this
manual.
Table A-3: General Specifications for DLNA
A-4
Appendix A: Equipment Specifications
TT98-113625-D
AAAA
Aero-HSD+ System Components
A.2.4
TT-5038A High Speed Data Unit (HSU)
Characteristics
Specification
Dimensions
ARINC 404A 1/4 ATR short, 2 MCU
(L x W x H)
12.62” x 7.62” x 2.25”
(320.5 mm x 193.5 mm x 57.2 mm)
Weight
4.63 lbs ±0.22 lbs (2.1 kg ±100 g)
Mounting
Mount in an ARINC 404A 1/4 ATR short tray in a
temperature controlled location.
Forced cooling is not recommended.
Supply Voltage
Nominal: +28.0 V DC
Voltage range,
continuous operation: +20.5 V DC to 32.2 V DC
short time operation: +18.0 V DC to 32.2 V DC
Power Hold-up
5 ms. fully operational, 200 ms. Power Save Mode.
Power Consumption
Max. 23 Wa, typ. 13 W.
Connectors
Rear: ARINC 404A
Front: SUB-D 9 Female.
Operating Temperature
-25 ºC to +55 ºC
Altitude
55000 ft
Environmental Categories
Refer to Environmental Qualification form in the
appendix DO-160C/D Specifications on page B-1 in this
manual.
Table A-4: General Specifications for HSU
a. The ISDN terminals connected to the ISDN interface are assumed to consume
maximum 4.5 W.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter A: Equipment Specifications
A-5
Aero-HSD+ System Components
A.2.5
TT-5038A-002 Tx Coupler for Optional HSU
Characteristics
Specification
Dimensions
ARINC 404A 1/4 ATR short, 2 MCU
(L x W x H)
4.20” x 2.25” x 0.88”
(106.6 mm x 57.1 mm x 22.4 mm)
including connectors.
Weight
0.50 lbs ±0.02 lbs (230 g ±10 g)
Mounting
Can be mounted in an unpressurized but temperature
controlled location.
Connectors
3 x N-connector, Female.
Operating Temperature
-25 ºC to +55 ºC
Altitude
55000 ft
Environmental Categories
Refer to Environmental Qualification form in the
appendix DO-160C/D Specifications on page B-1 in this
manual.
Table A-5: General Specifications for Tx Coupler
A-6
Chapter A: Equipment Specifications
TT98-113625-D
AAAA
Aero-HSD+ System Components
A.2.6
TT-5038A-003 Rx Power Splitter for Optional HSU
Characteristics
Specification
Dimensions
ARINC 404A 1/4 ATR short, 2 MCU
(L x W x H)
3.42” x 2.00” x 0.75”
(86.8 mm x 50.8 mm x 19.1 mm)
including connectors.
Weight
0.32 lbs ±0.02 lbs (146 g ±10 g)
Mounting
If the Rx Power Splitter is to be mounted on a flat surface,
mount it on a 3 mm mounting plate to provide enough
space for mounting of the connectors.
Can be mounted in an unpressurized but temperature
controlled location.
Connectors
3 x N-connector, Female.
Built-in DC-block on the HSU port.
Operating Temperature
-25 ºC to +55 ºC
Altitude
55000 ft
Environmental Categories
Refer to Environmental Qualification form in the
appendix DO-160C/D Specifications on page B-1 in this
manual.
Table A-6: General Specifications for Rx Power Splitter
TT98-113625-D
Chapter A: Equipment Specifications
A-7
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and Cradles
A.3
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and Cradles
A.3.1
TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset
Characteristics
Specification
Dimensions (L x W x H)
7.87” x 2.05” x 1.24”
(200.0 mm x 52.0 mm x 31.5 mm)
Weight
0.68 lbs ±0.11 lbs (0.31 kg ±50 g) incl. cable.
Mounting
Mount in a pressurized and temperature controlled
location.
Supply Voltage
+28 V DC, provided by SDU via Handset Cradle.
Power Consumption
Max. 3.5 W for handset and cradle (included in SDU
power consumption).
Operating Temperature
-25 ºC to +55 ºC
Altitude
55000 ft
Environmental Categories
Refer to Environmental Qualification form in the
appendix DO-160C/D Specifications on page B-1 in this
manual.
Table A-7: General Specifications for 4-Wire Handset
A-8
Chapter A: Equipment Specifications
TT98-113625-D
AAAA
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and Cradles
A.3.2
TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle
Characteristics
Specification
Dimensions (L x W x H)
6.30” x 2.40” x 1.12”
(160.5 mm x 61.0 mm x 28.4 mm)
Weight
0.60 lbs ±0.11 lbs (0.27 kg ±50 g) incl. connector cable.
Mounting
Mount in a pressurized and temperature controlled
location.
Supply Voltage
+28 V DC, provided by SDU.
Power Consumption
See TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset on page A-8.
Operating Temperature
-25 ºC to +55 ºC
Altitude
55000 ft
Environmental Categories
Refer to Environmental Qualification form in the
appendix DO-160C/D Specifications on page B-1 in this
manual.
Table A-8: General Specifications for 4-Wire Cradle
TT98-113625-D
Chapter A: Equipment Specifications
A-9
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and Cradles
A.3.3
TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset
Characteristics
Specification
Dimensions (L x W x H)
7.87” x 2.05” x 1.24”
(200.0 mm x 52.0 mm x 31.5 mm)
Weight
0.49 lbs ±0.11 lbs (0.22 kg ±50 g) incl. cable.
Mounting
Mount in a pressurized and temperature controlled
location.
Voltage
On hook, no load DC
20 V DC -10%, +50%
Ringing voltage
39 Vrms ± 5%
Off hook loop current
25 mA ± 15%
Power
Max. 750 mW for handset and cradle (included in SDU
power consumption).
Operating Temperature
-25 ºC to +55 ºC
Altitude
55000 ft
Environmental Categories
Refer to Environmental Qualification form in the
appendix DO-160C/D Specifications on page B-1 in this
manual.
Table A-9: General Specifications for 2-Wire Handset
A-10
Chapter A: Equipment Specifications
TT98-113625-D
AAAA
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and Cradles
A.3.4
TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle
Characteristics
Specification
Dimensions (L x W x H)
6.30” x 2.40” x 1.12”
(160.5 mm x 61.0 mm x 28.4 mm)
Weight
0.43 lbs ±0.11 lbs (0.20 kg ±50 g)
incl. connector cable.
Mounting
Mount in a pressurized and temperature controlled
location.
Voltage
See TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset on page A-10.
Power
See TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset on page A-10.
Operating Temperature
-25 ºC to +55 ºC
Altitude
55000 ft
Environmental Categories
Refer to Environmental Qualification form in the
appendix DO-160C/D Specifications on page B-1 in this
manual.
Table A-10: General Specifications for 2-Wire Cradle
TT98-113625-D
Chapter A: Equipment Specifications
A-11
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and Cradles
A-12
Chapter A: Equipment Specifications
TT98-113625-D
BBBB
Appendix B
DO-160C/D Specifications
B.1
General
B.1.1
Certifying Agency
Approval of the Aero-HSD+ system is not authorized by this installation manual.
Acceptance for the installation and use of the Aero-HSD+ system and its
associated components must be obtained through the appropriate offices of the
CAA or other certifying agency. It is recommended that all proposed installations
be coordinated with the local jurisdiction of the CAA or other certifying agency
prior to performing the installation.
B.1.2
Environmental Qualification Forms
The environmental qualification forms list the environmental categories under
which all Thrane & Thrane components of the Aero-HSD+ system are approved.
Please refer to RTCA DO-160C/D for further details on the following
environmental qualification forms.
TT98-113625-D
B-1
Aero-HSD+ System Components
B.2
Aero-HSD+ System Components
B.2.1
Satellite Data Unit
T&T Part Number: 405035A
DO-160D string: [(A1)(F1)X]CAB[(S2B2)(SM)]EXXXXXZ[A()B]A[A()B]Z[RR]M[A3E3]XXA
RTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers
Change
Number
Date of Issue
Title
Section
Change No. 1 Dec. 14, 2000 Vibration
8.0
Radio Frequency Susceptibility
20.0
Change No. 2 June 12, 2001 Power Input
16.0
Audio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility - Power Inputs 18.0
Table B-1: RTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers, SDU
Conditions
DO-160D
Cat.
Comments
Temperature and Altitude
4.0
A1
Installation in controlled temperature
and F1 locations and inside or outside
pressurized locations.
Low Temperature
4.5.1
Min. operating low temperature: -25°C
High Temperature
4.5.2 & 4.5.3
Max. operating high temperature: +55°C
In-Flight Loss of Cooling
4.5.4
Altitude
4.6.1
Max. altitude: 55000 ft
Decompression
4.6.2
Decompression at 55000 ft
Overpressure
4.6.3
Overpressure at -15000ft
Temperature Variation
5.0
Installation within controlled
temperature locations: 2°/min.
Humidity
6.0
Standard Humidity: 95% relative
humidity at 38°C to 50°C for 48 hours.
Installation within environmentally
controlled zones.
7.0
Equipment tested to: Standard
operational shocks and crash safety.
Operational Shocks and Crash
Safety
Forced cooling is not recommended.
Table B-2: Environmental Qualification Form for SDU
B-2
Appendix B: DO-160C/D Specifications
TT98-113625-D
BBBB
Aero-HSD+ System Components
Conditions
DO-160D
Cat.
Comments
Vibration
8.0
S2B2
Standard random vibration:
Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Turbojet or
turbofan engines.
SM
Standard sinusoidal vibration:
Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Reciprocating
or turbopropeller engines.
Aircraft zone: Instrument panel, console
or equipment rack.
Explosion Proofness
9.0
Waterproofness
10.0
No test required
Fluids Susceptibility
11.0
No test required
Sand and Dust
12.0
No test required
Fungus Resistance
13.0
No test required
Salt Spray
14.0
No test required
Magnetic Effect
15.0
Magnetic deflection distance: < 0.3 m
Power Input
16.0
A()B
Power supply: +28 V DC.
Reconnection of voice and data calls is
not required, if a power interrupt less
than 200 ms occurs during transfer of
power sources.
Voltage Spike
17.0
Audio Frequency
Conducted Susceptibility Power Inputs
18.0
A()B
Induced Signal Susceptibility
19.0
Equipment intended for operation in
systems where interference-free
operation is required.
Radio Frequency Susceptibility
20.0
RR
High Intensity Radiated Field (HIRF)
associated with normal environment.
Emission of Radio Frequency
Energy
21.0
Table B-2: Environmental Qualification Form for SDU
TT98-113625-D
Appendix B: DO-160C/D Specifications
B-3
Aero-HSD+ System Components
Conditions
DO-160D
Cat.
Comments
Lightning Induced Transient
Susceptibility
22.0
A3E3
Equipment and wiring in moderately
exposed environment in an all metal
airframe.
The Configuration Module is an
integrated part of the SDU, and so the pin
injection tests are not required for the
Configuration Module interface.
Lightning Direct Effects
23.0
No test required
Icing
24.0
No test required
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)
25.0
Operation, installation and repair in an
aerospace environment.
Table B-2: Environmental Qualification Form for SDU
B.2.2
Configuration Module
T&T Part Number: 405035A-001
DO-160D string: Please refer to the section Satellite Data Unit on page B-2, as
the Configuration Module is an integral part of the SDU during normal operation
and tests.
B-4
Appendix B: DO-160C/D Specifications
TT98-113625-D
BBBB
Aero-HSD+ System Components
B.2.3
High Power Amplifier
T&T Part Number: 405014A
DO-160D string: [(A2)(F2)Z]BBB[SCL]EXXXXXZ[A()B]A[A()B]Z[RR]M[A3E3]XXA
RTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers
Change
Number
Date of Issue
Title
Section
Change No. 1 Dec. 14, 2000 Vibration
8.0
Radio Frequency Susceptibility
Change No. 2 June 12, 2001 Power Input
20.0
16.0
Audio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility - Power Inputs 18.0
Table B-3: RTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers, HPA
Conditions
DO-160D
Cat.
Comments
Temperature and Altitude
4.0
A2 and
F2
Installation in non-controlled
temperature locations and inside or
outside pressurized locations.
Low Temperature
4.5.1
Min. operating low temperature: -55°C
High Temperature
4.5.2 & 4.5.3
Max. operating high temperature: +70°C
In-Flight Loss of Cooling
4.5.4
Continuous operation at 40°C, tested
with internal fan turned off.
Use the recommended tray and leave at
least 1 inch (25 mm) of free space above
and below the HPA, to allow free
airflow.
The HPA is overheat protected.
External forced cooling is not
recommended.
Altitude
4.6.1
Max. altitude: 55000 ft
Decompression
4.6.2
Decompression at 55000 ft
Overpressure
4.6.3
Overpressure at -15000 ft
Temperature Variation
5.0
Installation within non-temperaturecontrolled location: 5°C/min.
Humidity
6.0
Severe humidity: 95% relative humidity
at 38°C to 65°C for 240 hours.
Installation within non-environmentally
controlled zones.
Table B-4: Environmental Qualification Form for HPA
TT98-113625-D
Appendix B: DO-160C/D Specifications
B-5
Aero-HSD+ System Components
Conditions
DO-160D
Cat.
Comments
Operational Shocks and Crash
Safety
7.0
Equipment tested to: Standard
operational shocks and crash safety.
Vibration
8.0
SCL
Standard sinusoidal and random
vibration:
Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Turbojet,
turbofan, reciprocating or turbopropeller
engines.
Aircraft zone: Fuselage
Explosion Proofness
9.0
Waterproofness
10.0
No test required
Fluids Susceptibility
11.0
No test required
Sand and Dust
12.0
No test required
Fungus Resistance
13.0
No test required
Salt Spray
14.0
No test required
Magnetic Effect
15.0
Magnetic deflection distance: < 0.3 m
Power Input
16.0
A()B
Power supply: +28 V DC.
Reconnection of voice and data calls is
not required, if a power interrupt less
than 200 ms occurs during transfer of
power sources.
Voltage Spike
17.0
Audio Frequency Conducted
Susceptibility - Power Inputs
18.0
A()B
Induced Signal Susceptibility
19.0
Equipment intended for operation in
systems where interference-free
operation is required.
Radio Frequency Susceptibility
20.0
RR
High Intensity Radiated Field (HIRF)
associated with normal environment.
Emission of Radio Frequency
Energy
21.0
Lightning Induced Transient
Susceptibility
22.0
A3E3
Equipment and wiring in moderately
exposed environment in an all metal
airframe.
Lightning Direct Effects
23.0
No test required
Icing
24.0
No test required
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)
25.0
Operation, installation and repair in an
aerospace environment.
Table B-4: Environmental Qualification Form for HPA
B-6
Appendix B: DO-160C/D Specifications
TT98-113625-D
BBBB
Aero-HSD+ System Components
B.2.4
Diplexer and Low Noise Amplifier
T&T Part Number: 405012A-THR
DO-160C string: [A2F2]-BA[CLY]XXXXXXA[AB]A[AB]Z[UR]ZA3E2XX
RTCA/DO-160C Change Numbers
Change
Number
Date of Issue
Title
Section
Change No. 2 June 19, 1992 Lightning Induced Transient Susceptibility
22.0
Change No. 3 May 13, 1993 Radio Frequency Susceptibility
20.0
Table B-5: RTCA/DO-160C Change Numbers, DLNA
Conditions
DO-160C
Cat.
Comments
Temperature and Altitude
4.0
A2 and
F2
Installation in non-controlled temperature
locations inside or outside pressurized
locations.
Low Temperature
4.5.1
Min. operating low temperature: -55°C
High Temperature
4.5.2 & 4.5.3
Max. operating high temperature: +70°C
In-Flight Loss of Cooling
4.5.4
Altitude
4.6.1
Max. altitude: 55000 ft
Decompression
4.6.2
Decompression at 55000 ft
Overpressure
4.6.3
Overpressure at -15000 ft
No forced cooling required.
Temperature Variation
5.0
Installation within partially or noncontrolled temperature locations: 5°C/min.
Humidity
6.0
Standard Humidity: 95% relative humidity
at 38°C to 50°C for 48 hours.
Installation within environmentally
controlled zones
Operational Shocks and Crash
Safety
7.0
Yes
Equipment tested to: Standard operational
shocks and crash safety.
Operational Shock
7.2
Yes
Crash Safety
7.3
Yes
Table B-6: Environmental Qualification Form for DLNA
TT98-113625-D
Appendix B: DO-160C/D Specifications
B-7
Aero-HSD+ System Components
Conditions
DO-160C
Cat.
Comments
Vibration
8.0
CL
Standard sinusoidal and random vibration:
Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Turbojet,
turbofan, reciprocating or turbopropeller
engines.
Aircraft type: Helicopter. Turbojet or
reciprocating engines.
Aircraft Zone: Fuselage
Explosion Proofness
9.0
No test required
Waterproofness
10.0
No test required
Fluids Susceptibility
11.0
No test required
Sand and Dust
12.0
No test required
Fungus Resistance
13.0
No test required
Salt Spray
14.0
No test required
Magnetic Effect
15.0
Magnetic deflection distance: 0.3 m to 1 m
Power Input
16.0
AB
+12 V DC power is provided by the SDU
through the Rx coax cable.
Voltage Spike
17.0
+12 V DC power is provided by the SDU
Audio Frequency Conducted
Susceptibility - Power Inputs
18.0
AB
+12 V DC power is provided by the SDU
Induced Signal Susceptibility
19.0
Equipment intended for operation in
systems where interference-free operation
is required.
Radio Frequency
Susceptibility
20.0
UR
Emission of Radio Frequency
Energy
21.0
Equipment intended for operation in
systems where interference-free operation
is required.
Lightning Induced Transient
Susceptibility
22.0
A3E2
Equipment and wiring in moderately
exposed environment in an all metal
airframe.
Lightning Direct Effects
23.0
No test required
Icing
24.0
No test required
Table B-6: Environmental Qualification Form for DLNA
B-8
Appendix B: DO-160C/D Specifications
TT98-113625-D
BBBB
Aero-HSD+ System Components
B.2.5
High Speed Data Unit (Optional)
T&T Part Number: 405038A
DO-160D string: [(A1)(F1)X]CBB[(S2B2)(SM)]EXXXXXZ[A()B]A[A()B]Z[RR]M[A3E3]XXA
For the environmental qualification form for the HSU, please refer to the section
Satellite Data Unit on page B-2, as the forms are identical for the SDU and the
HSU, except for:
Humidity, DO-160 section 6.0, tested to category B, Severe Humidity
Environment (240 hours, 65°C, 95% humidity).
TT98-113625-D
Chapter B: DO-160C/D Specifications
B-9
Aero-HSD+ System Components
B.2.6
Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter for Optional HSU
T&T Part Numbers: 405038A-002 and 405038A-003
DO-160D string: [(A1)(F1)X]CBB[SCL]EXXXXXZXXXZ[RR]M[A3E3]XXA
RTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers
Change
Number
Date of Issue
Title
Section
Change No. 1 Dec. 14, 2000 Vibration
8.0
Radio Frequency Susceptibility
20.0
Change No. 2 June 12, 2001 Power Input
16.0
Audio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility - Power Inputs 18.0
Table B-7: RTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers, Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter
Conditions
DO-160D
Cat.
Comments
Temperature and Altitude
4.0
A1 and
F1
Installation in controlled temperature
locations and inside or outside
pressurized locations.
Low Temperature
4.5.1
Min. operating low temperature: -25°C
High Temperature
4.5.2 & 4.5.3
Max. operating high temperature: +55°C
In-Flight Loss of Cooling
4.5.4
Altitude
4.6.1
Max. altitude: 55000 ft
Decompression
4.6.2
Decompression at 55000 ft
Overpressure
4.6.3
Overpressure at -15000 ft
Forced cooling is not recommended.
Temperature Variation
5.0
Installation within controlled
temperature locations: 2°/min.
Humidity
6.0
Severe humidity: 95% relative humidity
at 38°C to 65°C for 240 hours.
Installation within non-environmentally
controlled zones.
Operational Shocks and Crash
Safety
7.0
Equipment tested to: Standard
operational shocks and crash safety.
Table B-8: Environmental Qualification Form for Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter
B-10
Chapter B: DO-160C/D Specifications
TT98-113625-D
BBBB
Aero-HSD+ System Components
Conditions
DO-160D
Cat.
Comments
Vibration
8.0
SCL
Standard sinusoidal and random
vibration:
Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Turbojet,
turbofan, reciprocating or turbopropeller
engines.
Aircraft zone: Fuselage
Explosion Proofness
9.0
Waterproofness
10.0
No test required
Fluids Susceptibility
11.0
No test required
Sand and Dust
12.0
No test required
Fungus Resistance
13.0
No test required
Salt Spray
14.0
No test required
Magnetic Effect
15.0
Magnetic deflection distance: < 0.3 m
Power Input
16.0
No test required
Voltage Spike
17.0
No test required
Audio Frequency Conducted
Susceptibility - Power Inputs
18.0
No test required
Induced Signal Susceptibility
19.0
Equipment intended for operation in
systems where interference-free
operation is required
Radio Frequency
Susceptibility
20.0
RR
High Intensity Radiated Field (HIRF)
associated with normal environment.
Emission of Radio Frequency
Energy
21.0
Lightning Induced Transient
Susceptibility
22.0
A3E3
Equipment and wiring in moderately
exposed environment in an all metal
airframe.
Lightning Direct Effects
23.0
No test required
Icing
24.0
No test required
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) 25.0
Operation, installation and repair in an
aerospace environment.
Table B-8: Environmental Qualification Form for Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter
TT98-113625-D
Chapter B: DO-160C/D Specifications
B-11
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and Cradles
B.3
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and Cradles
B.3.1
4-Wire Handset and 4-Wire Cradle
T&T Part Number: 405620A-THW / 405620A-THR / 405622A-THW / 405622ATHR
DO-160C String: A1-BA[MNB]XXXXXXAXXXB[UR]ZXXE3XX
RTCA/DO-160C Change Numbers
Change
Number
Date of Issue
Title
Section
Change No. 2 June 19, 1992 Lightning Induced Transient Susceptibility
22.0
Change No. 3 May 13, 1993 Radio Frequency Susceptibility
20.0
Table B-9: RTCA/DO-160C Change Numbers, 4-wire Handset and Cradle
Conditions
DO-160C
Cat.
Comments
Temperature and Altitude
4.0
A1
Installation in controlled temperature and
pressurized location.
Low Temperature
4.5.1
Min. operating low temperature: -25°C
High Temperature
4.5.2 & 4.5.3
Max. operating high temperature: +55°C
In-Flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.4
No forced cooling required.
Altitude
4.6.1
Max. altitude: 55000 ft
Decompression
4.6.2
Decompression at 55000 ft
Overpressure
4.6.3
Overpressure at -15000 ft
Temperature Variation
5.0
Installation within partially or noncontrolled temperature locations: 5°C/min.
Humidity
6.0
Standard Humidity: 95% relative humidity
at 38°C to 50°C for 48 hours.
Installation within environmentally
controlled zones
Operational Shocks and
Crash Safety
7.0
Yes
Equipment tested to: Standard operational
shocks and crash safety.
Operational Shock
7.2
Yes
Crash Safety
7.3
Yes
Table B-10: Environmental Qualification Form for 4-Wire Handset and Cradle
B-12
Chapter B: DO-160C/D Specifications
TT98-113625-D
BBBB
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and Cradles
Conditions
DO-160C
Cat.
Comments
Vibration
8.0
MB
Standard sinusoidal and random vibration:
Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Turbojet,
turbofan, reciprocating or turbopropeller
engines.
Aircraft type: Helicopter. Turbojet or
reciprocating engines.
Aircraft zone: Instrument panel, console or
equipment rack.
Explosion Proofness
9.0
No test required
Waterproofness
10.0
No test required
Fluids Susceptibility
11.0
No test required
Sand and Dust
12.0
No test required
Fungus Resistance
13.0
No test required
Salt Spray
14.0
No test required
Magnetic Effect
15.0
Magnetic deflection distance: 0.3 m to 1 m
Power Input
16.0
No test required. DC power is provided by
the SDU.
Voltage Spike
17.0
No test required
Audio Frequency Conducted
Susceptibility - Power
Inputs
18.0
No test required
Induced Signal
Susceptibility
19.0
Installation where interference is controlled
to a tolerable level.
Radio Frequency
Susceptibility
20.0
UR
Emission of Radio
Frequency Energy
21.0
Equipment intended for operation in
systems where interference-free operation
is required.
Lightning Induced Transient
Susceptibility
22.0
XXE3
Cable Bundle Test: Equipment and wiring
in moderately exposed environment in an
all metal airframe.
Lightning Direct Effects
23.0
No test required
Icing
24.0
No test required
Table B-10: Environmental Qualification Form for 4-Wire Handset and Cradle
TT98-113625-D
Chapter B: DO-160C/D Specifications
B-13
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and Cradles
B.3.2
2-Wire Handset and 2-Wire Cradle
T&T Part Number: 405621B-THW / 405621B-THR / 405622B-THW / 405622BTHR
DO-160D String: [A1X]CAB[(SMB2)(SM)(UFF1)]XXXXXXAXXXB[RRR]M[A2E3]XXA
RTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers:
Original DO-160D. Date of issue: July 29, 1997
Conditions
DO-160D
Cat.
Comments
Temperature and Altitude
4.0
A1
Installation in controlled temperature and
pressurized location.
Low Temperature
4.5.1
Min. operating low temperature: -25°C
High Temperature
4.5.2 & 4.5.3
Max. operating high temperature: +55°C
In-Flight Loss of Cooling
4.5.4
Altitude
4.6.1
Max. altitude: 55000 ft
Decompression
4.6.2
Decompression at 55000 ft
Overpressure
4.6.3
Overpressure test at -15000 ft
No forced cooling required.
Temperature Variation
5.0
Installation within controlled temperature
locations: 2°/min.
Humidity
6.0
Standard Humidity: 95% relative humidity
at 38°C to 50°C for 48 hours.
Installation within environmentally
controlled zones.
Operational Shocks and Crash
Safety
7.0
Equipment tested to: Standard operational
shocks and crash safety.
Vibration
8.0
S2B2
Standard random vibration:
Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Turbojet or
turbofan engines.
SM
Standard sinusoidal vibration:
Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Reciprocating
or turbopropeller engines.
UFF1
Robust Sine-on-Random vibration:
Aircraft type: Helicopter. Turbojet or
reciprocating engines.
Aircraft zone: Instrument panel, console or
equipment rack.
Explosion Proofness
9.0
No test required
Table B-11: Environmental Qualification Form for 2-Wire Handset and Cradle
B-14
Chapter B: DO-160C/D Specifications
TT98-113625-D
BBBB
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and Cradles
Conditions
DO-160D
Cat.
Comments
Waterproofness
10.0
No test required
Fluids Susceptibility
11.0
No test required
Sand and Dust
12.0
No test required
Fungus Resistance
13.0
No test required
Salt Spray
14.0
No test required
Magnetic Effect
15.0
Magnetic deflection distance: 0.3 m to 1 m
Power Input
16.0
No test required
Voltage Spike
17.0
No test required
Audio Frequency Conducted
Susceptibility
18.0
No test required
Induced Signal Susceptibility
19.0
Installation where interference is
controlled to a tolerable level.
Radio Frequency Susceptibility
20.0
RRR
High Intensity Radiated Field (HIRF)
associated with normal environment.
Emission of Radio Frequency
Energy
21.0
Lightning induced Transient
Susceptibility
22.0
A2E3 Cable bundle test: Equipment and wiring
Lightning Direct Effects
23.0
No test required
Icing
24.0
No test required
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)
25.0
Operation, installation and repair in an
aerospace environment.
in moderately exposed environment in an
all metal airframe.
Table B-11: Environmental Qualification Form for 2-Wire Handset and Cradle
TT98-113625-D
Chapter B: DO-160C/D Specifications
B-15
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and Cradles
B-16
Chapter B: DO-160C/D Specifications
TT98-113625-D
CCCC
Appendix C
System Messages
C.1
Types of Messages
The Aero-HSD+ system announces messages in the 4-wire handset.
One type of messages is Cause codes, which are information from the satcom
services or status information from the system to the user.
Another type is BITE codes, which are information from the Aero-HSD+ system.
This information is a result of a POST or PAST sequence or Continuous
Monitoring performed by the Built-In Test Equipment.
TT98-113625-D
C-1
Cause Codes
C.2
Cause Codes
C.2.1
H+ Cause Codes
Logon Reject Cause Codes
Display Text
ID
Description
Guidance
ClassReject
0x88
Class rejected
The GES does not support this class.
GlobChanLoss
0x82
Global channel loss
GlobCunavlb
0x09
Global C channel not available
at GES
ManualLogRej
0x89
Manual login rejected
NetworkFail
0x03
Network Failure
NoGesSignal
0x81
No GES signal
NoInitData
0x86
No valid system table available
NoSatSignal
0x80
No satellite signal
Verify that there is no obstacle
between the Satellite and the AES
antenna.
AES not authorized
Verify that the ICAO address used is
correct; if it is, contact the service
provider to verify that the ICAO
address is registered.
NotAuthorizd
OtherReason
0x0E
Other Reason
OutsideCover
0x84
Outside spot beam coverage
P/R/Tunavlb
0x07
Packet data channel unavailable
PkdtaUnavlb
0x08
Packet data service unavailable
SDUfailure
0x8A
SDU failure
SpotChanLoss
0x83
Spot channel loss
TableFull
0x00
Table Full
UserLogoff
0x87
User logoff
VCC&dUnavlb
0x0A
Voice not available at GES
Manual logon is not allowed when
logon policy is automatic.
The AES is not under a spot beam of
the specified GES.
Check the current BITE errors.
Table C-1: List of H+ Logon Reject Cause Codes
C-2
Appendix C: System Messages
TT98-113625-D
CCCC
Cause Codes
Display Text
ID
Description
Guidance
VoiceUnavlb
0x01
Voice Unavailable
WrongGES
0x85
GES not existing
Check GES id validity.
WrongGESid
0x06
Wrong GES identifier
Check GES id validity.
WrongParam
0x02
Wrong Parameter
WrongSatID
0x05
Wrong Satellite identifier
Check satellite id validity.
Table C-1: List of H+ Logon Reject Cause Codes
Call Reject Cause Codes
ID
(S-C-V)a
Description
0-1-0
Normal clearing
AddrComplete
1-0-1
Address complete
AESabsent
1-7-3
AES absent
AnalogFail
1-2-3
Analog data equipment not
available
AnalogRate
1-6-2
Required analog data rate not
supported
Busy
0-1-1
User busy
CallBared
1-4-3
Incoming calls barred
CallPreempt
1-1-1
Call pre-empted
CallRejected
0-1-5
Call rejected
CardInvalid
1-6-1
Credit card type not supported
CardRejected
1-3-1
Credit card number rejected
ChanAbsent
0-4-2
Channel type not implemented
DigitalFail
1-2-4
Digital data equipment not
available
DigitalRate
1-6-3
Required digital data rate not
supported
GndDestFail
0-1-11
Destination out of service
Display Text
Guidance
Table C-2: List of H+ Call Reject Cause Codes
TT98-113625-D
Appendix C: System Messages
C-3
Cause Codes
Display Text
ID
(S-C-V)a
Description
Handover
1-7-4
Spot beam handover
InvalidAddr
1-3-2
Invalid/incomplete address
InvalidNumbr
0-1-12
Invalid number format
Network busy
1-5-1
Continuity failure
NetworkFail
0-2-6
Network Failure
NoAnswer
0-1-2
No user responding
NoChanAvail
1-2-1
No channel available
NoCircuit
0-2-2
No circuit/channel available
NoRoute
0-0-3
No route to destination
NoUnitAvail
1-2-2
No channel unit available
Guidance
One end of the line has
unexpectedly lost communication
with the other, in most cases
because the network is busy.
Possible causes:
1. Both H+ voice channels are
already in use, and none of the
existing calls can be pre-empted.
2. Not enough EIRP to initiate a
call, and no other call can be preempted.
3. All allocated H+ channels on
the GES are in use.
SatDestFail
1-4-1
Destination out of service
ServiceType
1-6-5
Service type not supported
SwitchBusy
0-2-10
Switching equipment
congestion
UnassignedNo
1-7-2
Unassigned number
Unauthorized
1-4-2
AES not authorized
Undefined
1-7-15
Undefined cause
Unspecified
0-1-15
Normal, unspecified
User Busy
1-7-1
User busy
VoiceTypeErr
1-6-4
Voice channel type not
supported
WrongNumber
0-0-1
Unassigned number
Table C-2: List of H+ Call Reject Cause Codes
a. S=Coding Standard, C=Cause Class, V=Cause Value
C-4
Appendix C: System Messages
TT98-113625-D
CCCC
Cause Codes
C.2.2
MPDS Cause Codes
Layer 2 Reason Codes
L2 Reason
Number
Interpretation
700
Reason Unspecified
701
L3 Release
702
L3 Deregister
703
L3 Reject
716
SAN Idle Timer Expiry
717
MAN Idle Timer Expiry
718
SAN Connect Timer
719
SAN Modify Timer
720
SAN Handover Timer
721
SAN Connection Timer
722
MAN Connection Timer
732
Insufficient operating system resources at MAN
733
Insufficient memory at MAN
748
Invalid L3 Call Ref in Establish SDU
749
Invalid L3 Call Ref in Modify SDU
764
Unsupported IPDS MAC version
765
Invalid Bearer Connection type in Establish SDU
766
Invalid Bearer Control type in Establish SDU
767
Invalid Bearer Connection ID in Establish SDU
768
Invalid Bearer Connection type in Modify SDU
769
Invalid Bearer Control type in Modify SDU
770
Invalid Bearer Connection ID in Modify SDU
771
Invalid Handover SDU
772
Invalid SDU type
Table C-3: List of MPDS Layer 2 Reason Codes
TT98-113625-D
Appendix C: System Messages
C-5
Cause Codes
L2 Reason
Number
Interpretation
773
SDU Incorrectly Formatted
780
Connection sub-layer protocol failure (MAN specific signalling)
781
Connection sub-layer protocol failure (HDLC signalling)
796
Control sub-layer protocol failure
812
Channel Unit failure
813
Hardware failure
814
MAN not responding to frequency corrections
815
MAN not responding to power corrections
816
MAN not responding to timing corrections
828
Internal SAN failure
829
SAN Shutting Down
844
Bearer Control - No satellite link
845
Bearer Control - No suitable contention slot
846
Bearer Control - Status Acknowledgement failure
847
Bearer Control - Incorrect SAN ID
860
No such MAN
861
Invalid L3 Call Reference
Table C-3: List of MPDS Layer 2 Reason Codes
C-6
Appendix C: System Messages
TT98-113625-D
CCCC
Cause Codes
Layer 3 Reason Codes
L3 Reason
Number
Interpretation
500
Unknown Error
501
LES Access Code does not support IPDS
502
Network does not recognize Mobile ID
503
Network does not recognize SIM Card
504
Authentication Failed to Complete
505
Authentication Failure
506
Authorization Failure
507
Authorization Failure - Mobile Barred
508
Authorization Failure - Mobile Barred on this LES Access Code
509
Authorization Failure - SIM Card Barred on this LES Access Code
510
Authorization Failure - Temporarily Unable to Accept Credit Cards
511
Authorization Failure - Unable to Accept Credit Cards
512
Authorization Failure - Credit Card Refused
513
Authorization Failure - This Service not Allowed
514
Authorization Failure - Service Option(s) not Allowed
515
Authorization Failure - QoS not Allowed
516
Unsupported Service Option(s)
517
QoS Option(s) Unsupported by Mobile
518
QoS Option(s) Unsupported by Network
519
Satellite Network Congestion
520
Satellite Network Unavailable
521
Service Congestion
522
Service Unavailable
523
Terrestrial Network Congestion
524
Terrestrial Network Unavailable
525
Terrestrial Network Destination - Busy
Table C-4: List of MPDS Layer 3 Reason Codes
TT98-113625-D
Appendix C: System Messages
C-7
Cause Codes
L3 Reason
Number
Interpretation
526
Terrestrial Network Destination - No Answer
527
Terrestrial Network Destination - Unavailable
528
Terrestrial Network Destination - No Carrier
529
Service Timed Out
530
Terminated by Network Operator
531
Insufficient Resources at Mobile
532
Mobile Failure
533
Mobile - Connection to DTE Lost
534
Mobile - Unrecoverable DTE Protocol Error
535
Mobile Reset
536
User Cancellation of Connection Establishment
600
Unable to Find Satellite Access Node
601
Unable to Establish Communication with Satellite Access Node
602
Link with Satellite Access Node Lost
1100
Registration Session Pre-empted by Host System
(Proprietary - not taken from IPDS System Definition Manual)
1101
Registration Session Pre-empted for Priority Call 1 by Host System
(Proprietary - not taken from IPDS System Definition Manual)
1102
Registration Session Pre-empted for Priority Call 2 by Host System
(Proprietary - not taken from IPDS System Definition Manual)
1103
Registration Session Pre-empted for Priority Call 3 by Host System
(Proprietary - not taken from IPDS System Definition Manual)
Table C-4: List of MPDS Layer 3 Reason Codes
C-8
Appendix C: System Messages
TT98-113625-D
CCCC
Cause Codes
C.2.3
ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV)
The SLCV codes refer to: S = Coding Standard, L = cause Location, C = cause
Class, V = cause Value.
Code (Hex)
S L C V
Interpretation
1 0 0 1
MES is clearing the call as instructed by the relevant MES terminal
equipment (i.e., normal clearing due to MES terminal “on-hook”
etc.).
1 0 1 1
MES is rejecting the call because the specified MES terminal number
is currently busy, and MES has not been authorized to divert calls
which are addressed to that number.
1 0 1 2
MES is clearing the fixed-originated call because subsequent to the
acceptance of the call and the signalling of the identity of the mobile
terminal to which the call will actually be routed, that terminal has
become busy and hence cannot be rung.
1 0 2 1
MES is clearing the call because appropriate “off-hook” signalling
has not been received from the addressed MES terminal (including
any authorized diversions) within the allowed time limit.
1 0 8 1
MES is rejecting the call because the specified MES terminal number
has not been installed, and MES has not been authorized to divert
calls which are addressed to that number.
1 0 9 1
MES is rejecting the call because the specified MES terminal number
is currently out-of-service, and MES has not been authorized to divert
calls which are addressed to that number.
1 0 9 2
MES is clearing the fixed-originated call because subsequent to the
acceptance of the call and the signalling of the identity of the mobile
terminal to which the call will actually be routed, that terminal has
become out-of-service and hence cannot be rung.
1 1 4 3
MES is prematurely clearing the fixed-originated call which is in the
process of being established because the MES user has initiated a call
from a terminal which is authorized to automatically pre-empt an
existing fixed-originated call.
1 1 4 4
MES is prematurely clearing the MES-originated call which is in the
process of being established because the MES user has initiated a
higher priority call.
1 1 4 5
MES is prematurely clearing the mobile-originated call which is in
the process of being established because the MES user has initiated a
call from a terminal which is authorized to automatically pre-empt an
existing mobile-originated call.
Table C-5: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV)
TT98-113625-D
Appendix C: System Messages
C-9
Cause Codes
Code (Hex)
S L C V
Interpretation
1 1 4 6
MES is prematurely clearing the mobile-originated call which is in
the process of being established because the MES user has abandoned
the call (by placing the originating terminal “on-hook”).
1 1 D 1
LES is rejecting the call because the “Service Nature” and/or “Service
Type” and/or “Channel parameter” information received from the
MES is invalid (e.g., not currently defined in the SDM, mutually
contradictory, or not applicable to a MES originated call).
1 1 D 2
LES is clearing the call because the “service address” information
received from the MES is invalid (i.e., less than 2 digits).
1 1 D 3
LES is clearing the call because the “service address” information
received from the MES is a 2-digit address which is either undefined
or which is currently unavailable at this LES.
1 1 D 5
LES is clearing the call because the “service address” information
received from the MES contains a country code which is regarded (by
this LES) as invalid.
1 1 D 6
LES is clearing the call because the “PID” information received from
the MES in the “scrambling vector” message (type 8D H) is not
consistent with the PID information in the Fixed/MES Originated
(PID) and PID/MES Registration Tables at the LES as it relates to this
call.
1 2 0 2
(Spot Beam Handover): MES is ready to make the transition from the
current beam to the next beam.
1 2 8 1
MES is rejecting the call because the MES is not equipped to provide
the specified service.
1 2 9 1
MES is rejecting the call because although it is equipped to provide
the specified service, it is not currently able to do so.
1 2 B 1
MES is rejecting or clearing the call for a reason which is not covered
by any of the currently defined “Cause” events.
1 2 C 3
MES is clearing the call because a “LES Connect” message (type
8C H) has not been received by the MES within the allowed time
limit.
1 2 C 4
MES is clearing the call because the “authentication query” ISU
message (type B4 H) and/or the “authentication query” SSU message
(type B5 H) have not been received by the MES within the allowed
time limit.
1 2 C 5
MES is clearing the call because an expected supplementary services
SU(s) has (have) not been received by the MES within the allowed
time limit.
Table C-5: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV)
C-10
Appendix C: System Messages
TT98-113625-D
CCCC
Cause Codes
Code (Hex)
S L C V
Interpretation
1 2 C 6
MES is clearing the call because the “supplementary services
interrogation” ISU (type B2 H), and/or “subscriber digits” SSU (type
AD H) messages have not been received by the MES within the
allowed time limit.
1 2 C 7
MES is clearing the call because a “SCPC channel release” SU (type
8A H) has not been received by the MES, in response to the
transmission of a “notification acknowledge” message (type BA H)
during the supplementary services call diversion information retrieval
process, within the allowed time limit.
1 2 C 8
(Spot Beam Handover): MES is clearing the call session in the next
beam because the MES did not detect the LESH carrier on the new
frequency.
1 2 D 1
LES is rejecting the call because the “spot-beam ID” information
received from the MES is invalid (i.e., ID is not allocated on satellite
in use).
1 2 D 2
LES is clearing the call because the “Scrambling Vector” information
received from the MES is invalid (i.e., 0000H, 6959H or 7FFFH).
1 3 6 2
MES is clearing the call because a long-term interruption in reception
has occurred (the definition of a “long-term interruption” depends
upon the service type, see Section B).
1 3 6 3
A Secondary Functional Centre of a Multi-channel MES is clearing
the call because the Primary Functional centre has commanded the
Above-decks equipment to re-point to a different Ocean Region.
Note:
The above text is specific to a Fleet system. However,
for the Aero HSD+ system this SLCV code is relevant
when the H+ sub-system is repointing the antenna from
one ocean region to another. That will cause the
Swift64 sub-system to be pre-empted with the SLCV
1363.
1 3 9 1
MES is clearing the call because the call has lasted more than 700 km
in linear travelled distance.
1 3 9 2
MES is clearing the call because it has moved out of spot beam
coverage.
1 3 9 3
MES in “cooperative mode” is clearing the call because of a preemption request from the master entity.
1 4 5 1
LES is rejecting the call because an appropriate terrestrial circuit is
not currently available at this specific LES.
Table C-5: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV)
TT98-113625-D
Appendix C: System Messages
C-11
Cause Codes
Code (Hex)
S L C V
Interpretation
1 4 5 2
LES is rejecting the call because an appropriate channel unit and
associated terrestrial circuit are not currently available at this LES.
[This “cause” is only utilized when there is a permanent “one-to-one”
connection between appropriate channel units and their terrestrial
circuits].
1 5 0 2
(Spot Beam Handover): LES is ready to make the transition from the
current beam to the next beam and is clearing the call session in the
current beam (normal clear).
1 5 5 1
LES is rejecting the call because an appropriate satellite channel is not
currently available at this specific LES.
1 5 8 1
LES is rejecting the call because the requested service is not provided
by this specific LES.
1 5 9 1
LES is rejecting the call because the requested service is temporarily
not available at this specific LES.
1 5 A 1
LES is rejecting the call because the specified MES is not authorized
for any service at this specific LES.
1 5 A 2
LES is rejecting the call because the specified MES is not authorized
to use specific requested service via this specific LES.
1 5 A 3
LES is clearing the call because the “credit card data” information
received from the MES has been rejected by the credit card
authorization process.
1 5 A 4
LES is clearing the call because the data received from the MES in the
“authentication reply” message (type B6 H) has been declared
“invalid” by the LES authentication process.
1 5 A 5
LES is rejecting the call because the specified PID is not authorized
for any service at this specific LES.
1 5 A 6
LES is rejecting the call because the specified PID is not authorized to
use specific requested service via this specific LES.
1 5 A 7
LES is clearing the call because the service address received from the
MES is not authorized for the requested priority.
1 5 B 1
LES is rejecting or clearing the call for a reason which is not covered
by any of the currently defined “Cause” events.
1 5 C 1
LES is rejecting the call because an appropriate “Channel
Assignment” message has not been received by the LES within the
allowed time limit.
Table C-5: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV)
C-12
Appendix C: System Messages
TT98-113625-D
CCCC
Cause Codes
Code (Hex)
S L C V
Interpretation
1 5 C 2
LES is clearing the call because the “service address” information has
not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit.
1 5 C 3
LES is clearing the call because a “Scrambling Vector” message (type
8D H) has not been received by the LES within the allowed time
limit.
1 5 C 4
LES is clearing the call because neither the “service address”
information nor a “Scrambling Vector” message (type 8D H) has
been received by the LES within the allowed time limit.
1 5 C 7
LES is clearing the call because a “MES Connect” message (type
99 H) has not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit.
1 5 C 9
LES is clearing the call because a “authentication reply” message
(type B6 H) has not been received by the LES within the allowed time
limit.
1 5 C A
LES is clearing the call because a “notification acknowledge”
message (type BA H) has not been received by the LES within the
allowed time limit.
1 5 C B
LES is clearing the call because the request sequence number
contained in the received “notification acknowledge” message (type
BA) is not valid (i.e. either not ‘0’ or not the next value in the
sequence).
1 5 C C
(Spot Beam Handover): LES is terminating the procedure because it
did not receive a response to the Handover Request from the NCS.
1 5 C D
(Spot Beam Handover): LES is clearing the call session in the next
beam because the MES did not indicate that it was ready to make the
transition (possibly because the MES did not receive the Channel
Assignment).
1 5 D 1
LES is rejecting the call because the “Channel Assignment” message
received from the NCS contains inappropriate or conflicting
information.
1 5 D 2
LES is clearing this MES ID and channel number in the busy lists at
LES and NCS because a new call to/from this MES is being set-up
(and thus any previous call to/from this MES must have cleared).
1 5 E 1
LES is attempting to clear an MES which has sent an SCPC channel
release message but is found still to be transmitting 5.12 s later.
1 6 5 1
LES is rejecting the call because an appropriate channel unit is not
currently available at this specific LES.
Table C-5: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV)
TT98-113625-D
Chapter C: System Messages
C-13
Cause Codes
Code (Hex)
S L C V
Interpretation
1 6 6 1
LES is clearing the call because of an interruption in reception of the
MES carrier exceeding the allowed time limit.
1 6 C 2
LES is clearing the call because an appropriate SCPC MES carrier has
not been received by the LES (at the commencement of the call)
within the allowed time limit.
1 6 C 3
(Spot Beam Handover): LES is clearing the call session in the next
beam because the LES did not detect the MESH carrier on the new
frequency.
1 7 9 1
LES is clearing the call because of a malfunction in the authentication
checking database or in the communications links thereto.
1 8 1 1
NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES ID is in the
“MES busy” list at the NCS.
1 8 1 2
NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is busy with an
IPDS call at the NCS.
1 8 1 3
NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is busy with an
IPDS call at the NCS, and the call waiting notification was declined
or timed out by the MES.
1 8 1 4
NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is busy with an
IPDS call at the NCS, and call waiting notification is unavailable.
1 8 5 1
NCS is rejecting the call because an appropriate SCPC channel is not
currently available.
1 8 5 2
NCS is rejecting the call because no SCPC channel exists at the NCS
which matches the contents of the Channel Parameters, Service
Nature, Service Type, MES Category, Spot Beam ID and Priority
fields contained in the Request for Channel Assignment.
1 8 5 3
NCS is rejecting the call because no SCPC channel is currently
available for the specified lease marked MES.
1 8 5 4
NCS is rejecting the call because the MES is outside the spot beam
coverage area.
1 8 5 5
NCS is rejecting the call because an appropriate SCPC channel is not
currently available and channel pre-emption failed.
1 8 5 6
NCS is rejecting the call because the requested spot beam indicates
failed spot beam selection (“FF”) and an appropriate global SCPC
channel is not currently available.
Table C-5: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV)
C-14
Chapter C: System Messages
TT98-113625-D
CCCC
Cause Codes
Code (Hex)
S L C V
Interpretation
1 8 5 7
(Spot Beam Handover) NCS is rejecting the Handover Request
because an appropriate SCPC channel is not available in the next
beam.
1 8 A 1
NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES ID was not found
in the “Forward and Return MES ID” cross-reference table.
1 8 A 2
NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is not authorized
for any service (except for Distress calls) at the NCS.
1 8 A 3
NCS is rejecting the call because the specified LES is not authorized
for the requested service at the NCS.
1 8 B 1
NCS is rejecting or clearing the call for a reason which is not covered
by any of the currently defined “Cause” events.
1 8 B 2
NCS is rejecting the call because the requested service variant is
invalid.
1 8 C 1
NCS is rejecting the call because no message was received from the
specified MES (in reaction to a Call Announcement message) within
the allowed time limit.
1 8 C 3
NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES was busy and the
MES pre-emption failed (i.e. no response within the allowed time
limit).
1 8 D 1
NCS is rejecting the call because the Request for Call Announcement
or Request for Channel Assignment contains invalid or inappropriate
information.
1 8 E 1
NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES ID is in the
“MES busy” list at the NCS, and is listed as being busy with a call
through the same LES as that now requesting a “call announcement”
addressed to that MES.
1 8 E 2
NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is busy with an
IPDS call through the same LES which is requesting the call
announcement.
1 8 E 4
NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is busy with an
IPDS call through the same LES which is requesting the call
announcement, and the call waiting notification was declined or timed
out by the MES.
1 8 E 5
NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is busy with an
IPDS call through the same LES which is requesting the call
announcement, and call waiting notification is unavailable.
Table C-5: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV)
TT98-113625-D
Chapter C: System Messages
C-15
Cause Codes
Code (Hex)
S L C V
Interpretation
1 F 0 1
LES is clearing the call because of the receipt of “on-hook” signalling
from the relevant terrestrial circuit (i.e., normal clearing).
1 F 1 1
LES is clearing the call because the terrestrial called party is engaged
(busy).
1 F 2 1
LES is clearing the call because appropriate “off-hook” signalling
from the terrestrial called party has not been received by the LES
within the allowed time limit.
1 F 6 1
LES is clearing the call because of the detection of a failure in the
relevant terrestrial circuit.
1 F 6 2
The LES is clearing the call because the terrestrial calling party or the
terrestrial network has cleared the call before the “MES connect”
message has been received by the LES.
Table C-5: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV)
C-16
Chapter C: System Messages
TT98-113625-D
CCCC
BITE Error Codes
C.3
BITE Error Codes
C.3.1
Definition of Severity Levels
Severity
Definition
Fatal
Total loss of service – Ongoing calls are
terminated and no further calls are allowed.
Essential
Partial loss of service, action taken to isolate
the fault – some services / calls may work.
Non-E
Non-Essential, no action taken, not displayed
in handset – only stored in BITE log.
Table C-6: Definition of severity levels for BITE Codes
The 4-wire handset and the SDU BITE display will show Fatal and Essential
faults when possible. Access to the full BITE log is only possible through the SDU
maintenance Front connector.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter C: System Messages
C-17
BITE Error Codes
C.3.2
List of BITE Codes
Code
(Hex)
LRU
Description
Severity
5F07
SDU
Missing DSP Code, H+
Essential
AC01
ACU
Communication ACU-HPA
Essential
AC02
ACU
Communication HPA-ACU
Essential
AC03
ACU
Any Internal Parameter
Essential
AC04
ACU
Cross-talk Input
Non-E.
AC05
ACU
Control Bus Input
Non-E.
AC06
ACU
Internal RAM
Non-E.
AC07
ACU
Internal ROM
Non-E.
AC08
ACU
Internal Power Supply
Non-E.
AC09
ACU
Temperature
Non-E.
AA01
HGA
High Gain Antenna
Essential
AL01
LNA
LNA/Diplexer
Essential
AP01
HPR
High Power Relay
Essential
C601
Cable
SDU - HPA Cable Test
Fatal
C705
Cable
Communication Test with HGA-7000 Antenna
Fatal
C801
Cable
Communication Test with HPA
Fatal
C802
Cable
No GPS Signal to GPS Module
Fatal
C957
HPA
HPA Communication with PSM Module
Fatal
CA30
CM
Invalid ICAO Number
Fatal
E108
CM
Configuration Module Fitted Test
Fatal
H201
HPA
HPA Software Integrity
Fatal
H202
HPA
HPA Communication with Main Module
EEPROM
Fatal
H203
HPA
HPA Essential Data Integrity
Fatal
H204
HPA
HPA Non-Essential Data Integrity
Non-E.
H401
HPA
HPA Communication with Main Module UART
Fatal
H502
HPA
HPA Communication with RFHP Module
Fatal
Table C-7: List of BITE Codes
C-18
Chapter C: System Messages
TT98-113625-D
CCCC
BITE Error Codes
Code
(Hex)
LRU
Description
H701
HPA
HPA FPGA Version Conflict
H803
HPA
HPA Gain Adjustment Limit
H804
HPA
HPA Frequency Calibration
H901
HPA
HPA Communication Failure
HP01
HPA
HPA Thermal Safe Operational Limits
Fatal
HP11
HPA
ARINC 429 Interface Voltage (-12 VD)
Fatal
HP13
HPA
HPA Internal Voltage (+5V1A)
Fatal
HP14
HPA
ARINC 429 Interface Voltage (+12 VD)
Fatal
HP15
HPA
HPA HGA-7000 Supply Voltage (+26 VA)
Fatal
HP17
HPA
HPA RFHP Module Voltage (+26 VC)
Fatal
HPF1
HPA
HPA Forced Cooling (FAN1, FAN2 and FAN3)
Essential
U402
SDU
HPLUS Files Existing Test
Fatal
U403
SDU
HPLUS Files CRC Test
Essential
U405
SDU
HPLUS Software Versions Inconsistency Test
Essential
U901
Cable
IRS/AHRS 1 Failure
Non-E.
U902
Cable
IRS/AHRS 2 Failure
Non-E.
U908
Cable
IRS/AHRS/GPS Data Invalid
Fatal
U915
SDU
SDU needs SW update to support HPA
Fatal
UA01
SDU
BITE Display Interface Data Loop Test
Non-E.
UC00
SDU
5.Lo Lock Detector Test
Essential
UC01
SDU
5.Lo Minimum Frequency Lock Test
Essential
UC02
SDU
5.Lo Maximum Frequency Lock Test
Essential
UC04
SDU
C-channel 1 AGC Test
Essential
UC0G
SDU
5.Lo Lock Failure
Essential
UC0P
SDU
Interface to C-FDM DSP Channel 1 Test
Essential
UC0Q
SDU
Interface to TIF DSP Channel 1 Test
Essential
UC10
SDU
6.Lo Lock Detector Test
Essential
UC11
SDU
6.Lo Minimum Frequency Lock Test
Essential
Severity
Fatal
Fatal
Fatal
Fatal
Table C-7: List of BITE Codes
TT98-113625-D
Chapter C: System Messages
C-19
BITE Error Codes
Code
(Hex)
LRU
Description
Severity
UC12
SDU
6.Lo Maximum Frequency Lock Test
Essential
UC14
SDU
C-channel 2 AGC Test
Essential
UC1G
SDU
6.Lo Lock Failure
Essential
UC1P
SDU
Interface to C-FDM DSP Channel 2 Test
Essential
UC1Q
SDU
Interface to TIF DSP Channel 2 Test
Essential
UC1R
SDU
SDU needs SW update (C-Channel)
Essential
UE01
SDU
HSD Rx Cable Test
Non-E.
UF01
SDU
1.Lo Lock Detector Test
Fatal
UF02
SDU
2.Lo Lock Detector Test
Fatal
UF03
SDU
3.Lo Lock Detector Test
Fatal
UF04
SDU
4.Lo Lock Detector Test
Fatal
UF11
SDU
1.Lo Minimum Frequency Lock Test
Fatal
UF12
SDU
2.Lo Minimum Frequency Lock Test
Fatal
UF13
SDU
3.Lo Minimum Frequency Lock Test
Fatal
UF14
SDU
4.Lo Minimum Frequency Lock Test
Fatal
UF21
SDU
1.Lo Maximum Frequency Lock Test
Fatal
UF22
SDU
2.Lo Maximum Frequency Lock Test
Fatal
UF23
SDU
3.Lo Maximum Frequency Lock Test
Fatal
UF24
SDU
4.Lo Maximum Frequency Lock Test
Fatal
UF30
SDU
RT Channel ALC Test
Fatal
UF31
SDU
P Channel AGC Test
Fatal
UF51
SDU
1.Lo Lock Failure
Essential
UF52
SDU
2.Lo Lock Failure
Essential
UF53
SDU
3.Lo Lock Failure
Essential
UF54
SDU
41.Lo Lock Failure
Essential
UF70
SDU
GPS Internal BITE Test
Fatal
UF71
SDU
GPS Communication Test
Fatal
UH01
SDU/HSU 1.LO Low Lock Detector Test
Essential
Table C-7: List of BITE Codes
C-20
Chapter C: System Messages
TT98-113625-D
CCCC
BITE Error Codes
Code
(Hex)
LRU
UH02
SDU/HSU 2.LO Low Lock Detector Test
UH03
SDU/HSU 3.LO Low Lock Detector Test
UH04
SDU/HSU 1.LO High Lock Detector Test
UH05
SDU/HSU 21.LO High Lock Detector Test
UH06
SDU/HSU 3.LO High Lock Detector Test
UH11
SDU/HSU 1.LO Minimum Frequency Test
Essential
UH12
SDU/HSU 2.LO Minimum Frequency Test
Essential
UH13
SDU/HSU 3.LO Minimum Frequency Test
Essential
UH18
SDU/HSU 1.LO Lock Time Test
Essential
UH19
SDU/HSU 2.LO Lock Time Test
Essential
UH20
SDU/HSU 3.LO Lock Time Test
Essential
UH21
SDU/HSU 1.LO Maximum Frequency Test
Essential
UH22
SDU/HSU 2.LO Maximum Frequency Test
Essential
UH23
SDU/HSU 3.LO Maximum Frequency Test
Essential
UH24
SDU/HSU 1.LO DDS Divider Test
Essential
UH25
SDU/HSU 3.LO DDS Divider Test
Essential
UH30
SDU/HSU ALC Carrier off Test
Essential
UH31
SDU/HSU ALC Carrier on Test
Essential
UH32
SDU/HSU RF BER Loop Back Test
Essential
UH33
SDU/HSU Average Amplitude Test
Non-E.
UH35
SDU/HSU Step Attenuator Test
Non-E.
UH3B
SDU/HSU Rx Tx frequency offset to big Test
Essential
UH3D
SDU/HSU Loop Back Switch Test
Essential
UH51
SDU/HSU 1.LO Lock Failure
Essential
UH52
SDU/HSU 2.LO Lock Failure
Essential
UH53
SDU/HSU 3.LO Lock Failure
Essential
UH61
SDU/HSU ALC Level to Low Test
Essential
UH62
SDU/HSU ALC Level to High Test
Essential
Description
Severity
Essential
Essential
Essential
Essential
Essential
Table C-7: List of BITE Codes
TT98-113625-D
Chapter C: System Messages
C-21
BITE Error Codes
Code
(Hex)
LRU
Description
Severity
UH63
SDU/HSU Master Oscillator to low
Essential
UH64
SDU/HSU Master Oscillator to high
Essential
UH70
SDU/HSU Communication problem with H+ system
Essential
UH78
SDU/HSU Position Unavailable
Essential
UH79
SDU/HSU Velocity Unavailable
Essential
UH7D
SDU/HSU Software Versions Consistency Test
Non-E.
UH7F
SDU/HSU ATE pins connected. The ATE pins should not be
connected, as they are only for test purposes.
Non-E.
UH7G
SDU/HSU ATE pins connected. The ATE pins should not be
connected, as they are only for test purposes.
Non-E.
UH82
SDU/HSU Parameter Block Checksum Test HSD
Essential
UH83
SDU/HSU CPU Application CRC Test
Essential
UH84
SDU/HSU CPU RAM Test
Essential
UH85
SDU/HSU Battery Check Test HSD
Non-E.
UH87
SDU/HSU All Files Exist in Flash Test
Essential
UH88
SDU/HSU Flash Files CRC Test
Essential
UH89
SDU/HSU SDU needs SW update (HSD)
Essential
UH91
SDU/HSU DSP Debug Port Test
Non-E.
UH95
SDU/HSU Frame DSP Interface Test
Essential
UH96
SDU/HSU Turbo FPGA Interface Failure
Essential
UH97
SDU/HSU Frame DSP to VFC DSP interface
Essential
UH98
SDU/HSU VFC DSP Interface Test
Essential
UHA1
SDU/HSU Burst Duration Monitor Circuit Test
Non-E.
UHA4
SDU/HSU TDM Burst Duration Test
Essential
UHA5
SDU/HSU Carrier On Signals Test
Essential
UHA6
SDU/HSU Turbo FPGA Load Test
Essential
UHA7
SDU/HSU ISDN Transceiver Interface Test
Essential
UHA8
SDU/HSU ISDN Supply Voltage Test
Essential
Table C-7: List of BITE Codes
C-22
Chapter C: System Messages
TT98-113625-D
CCCC
BITE Error Codes
Code
(Hex)
LRU
UHA9
SDU/HSU ISDN Rx Voltage Test
UHAA
SDU/HSU Turbo FPGA RAM Test
UHAB
SDU/HSU Power Fail sensor false alarm
UHAC
SDU/HSU ISDN 38 V shorted.
The current limit on the 38V power output has been
exceeded and the output power has therefore been
turned off. Remove the device(s) connected and
restart the system.
Essential
UHB0
SDU/HSU Environment temperature to low
Non-E.
UHB1
SDU/HSU Temperature Sensor Test
Non-E.
UHEE
SDU/HSU EEPROM Essential Data Test
Essential
UHEU
SDU/HSU EEPROM Test
Non-E.
UHP0
SDU/HSU Communication Test with HSD-CPU
Essential
UHW2
SDU/HSU Master Oscillator needs calibration
Non-E.
UU02
SDU
Parameter Block Checksum Test
Essential
UU05
SDU
UART Loop Back, PC Front (COM1) Test
Non-E.
UU06
SDU
UART Loop Back, HGA-7000 Antenna (COM2)
Test
Fatal
UU07
SDU
UART Loop Back, HPA (COM11) Test
Fatal
UU08
SDU
UART Loop Back, GPS (COM4) Test
Fatal
UU10
SDU
PRT DSP Interface Test
Essential
UU11
SDU
UART Loop Back, Handset1 (COM5) Test
Essential
UU12
SDU
UART Loop Back, Handset2 (COM6) Test
Essential
UU13
SDU
UART Loop Back, Handset3 (COM7) Test
Essential
UU14
SDU
UART Loop Back, Handset4 (COM8) Test
Essential
UU15
SDU
UART Loop Back, Rear Debug (COM3) Test
Non-E.
UU16
SDU
UART Loop Back, CPDF (COM12) Test
Essential
UU17
SDU
UART Loop Back, HSD - H+ (COM13) Test
Essential
UU18
SDU
UART Loop Back, External SIM Card (COM10)
Test
Non-E.
Description
Severity
Essential
Essential
Essential
Table C-7: List of BITE Codes
TT98-113625-D
Chapter C: System Messages
C-23
BITE Error Codes
Code
(Hex)
LRU
Description
Severity
UU19
SDU
SDU needs SW update (H+)
Essential
UU1C
SDU
Temperature Sensor Test
Non-E.
UU1D
SDU
Environment Temperature Failure, H-Plus
Fatal
UU20
SDU
H+ EEPROM Non Essential Data Test
Non-E.
UU21
SDU
H+ EEPROM Essential Data Test
Fatal
UU23
SDU
H+/HSD SW Version Inconsistency Test
Essential
UU60
SDU
PBX DSP Interface Test
Essential
UU6H
SDU
Communication Problem with HSD CPU,
H+ Detected
Essential
UUB1
SDU
Battery Check Test
Non-E.
UUCU
CM
Configuration Module Test
Fatal
Table C-7: List of BITE Codes
C-24
Chapter C: System Messages
TT98-113625-D
DDDD
Appendix D
Using Commands
D.1
Getting Started
Hardware and Software Requirements
The following items are required to run terminal commands:
• One IBM compatible PC with a 9-pin serial COM port available (or a 25-pin
serial COM port with a 25-to-9 converter attached)
• One serial interconnect cable 9-pin to 15-pin Sub-D, Thrane & Thrane part no.
TT-37-112940. Refer to Figure 5-27: TT 37-112940 Data Cable Compliant
with Front Connector.
• A terminal program installed on the PC (e.g. Windows HyperTerminal)
Preparing the Terminal
Do as follows to set up the terminal:
1. Connect the SDU front connector to the PC COM port using the TT 37-112940
Data Cable.
2. Set the terminal program to 115200 baud, No parity, 8 bit symbols.
3. Press  a couple of times and confirm that the prompt “H+>” appears on
the terminal monitor.
TT98-113625-D
D-1
Commands for Troubleshooting
D.2
Commands for Troubleshooting
Introduction
In this section, some of the useful commands for troubleshooting are listed.
BITE List (“list” command)
To get a list of BITE errors, use the list command.
The following options are available with the list command:
Command to Type in
Result/Explanation
(Followed by )
list
Lists all errors for the current flight session.
list a
Lists all errors for all flight sessions.
list 
Lists all errors for flight session number: lega.
list  a
Lists errors with error id: id, for all flight sessions.
list 
Lists errors with error id: id, for flight session number:
lega.
Table D-1: “list” Commands
a. In this context, a leg is defined as a session, that is the time from the system was
turned on until it is turned off.
Response Example:
The following example shows a response to the command “list”, that is a list of
all errors for the current session. “Session number” corresponds to 
“Error ID” corresponds to , which is the BITE code for the error.
H+> list
H+>
LOGFILEMANAGER:Displaying contents of session 11
------------------------------Session number: 11
Severity: Fatal
Active
Error ID: C705-Communication Test with HGA-7000 Antenna
Error occurrence: 001
Additional Information: '
First error: 09:40:14-27/08
D-2
Found during:
CM
' Location: Cabling
Last error: 09:40:14-27/08
Chapter D: Using Commands
TT98-113625-D
DDDD
Commands for Troubleshooting
System Log (“slog” command)
To access the system log, use the slog command. The following options are
available with the slog command:
Command to Type in (Followed by )
Result/Explanation
slog l ...
Inserts text into the system log with priority
a.
slog t
Shows the priority thresholds.
slog tp 
Sets the print threshold. Log entries with
priority a or higher will be printed.
slog ts 
Sets the store threshold. Log entries with
priority a or higher will be stored.
slog v[arl] [-p] [-t] [] Shows the system log as defined by the
parameters.
Explanation of parameters:
: All entries
: Reverse order
: Long time format (toggles between
long/short time format) (stickyb)
 : a (See table footnote)
 : Only entries containing 
: Max. number of entries shown
(stickyb)
Reset system log.
slog R
Table D-2: “slog” Commands
a. : Priority limit (one of {facewnid} or 0-7).
The priority parameters {facewnid} are defined as:
f: System is unusable.
a: Action must be taken immediately.
c: Critical conditions.
e: Error conditions.
w: Warning conditions.
n: Normal but significant condition.
i: Informational.
d: Debug-level messages.
b. “Sticky” means this setting is maintained during future command sessions until the setting is changed
by the user.
TT98-113625-D
Chapter D: Using Commands
D-3
Commands for Troubleshooting
Response Example:
The following example shows a part of a response to the command “slog va”:
H+> slog va
H+>
Time
Severity
Process
Info
09:15:05.661 WARNING:LogServe:0:System log invalid - reset
09:15:05.663 WARNING:LogServe:0:System log options invalid reset
09:14:53.005
NOTICE:
Boot:0:Starting up
09:14:54.523
ERROR:
09:14:54.525
ERROR:Nav_Main:0:Static RAM failure!!
SATMGR:0:System table checksum failed
09:14:55.057 WARNING:FlashDis:0:PIT 1ms tick: Interrupts
disabled too long: 531058 us.
09:14:55.505 WARNING:FlashDis:0:PIT 1ms tick: Interrupts
disabled too long: 505840 us.
D-4
Chapter D: Using Commands
TT98-113625-D
DDDD
Commands for Troubleshooting
Call Log (“call_log” command)
To access the call log, use the call_log command.
The following options are available with the call_log command:
Command to Type in
(Followed by )
Result/Explanation
call_log -p
Prints the call log.
call_log -i 

Inserts a call into the call log, with the
given phone number and device number.
call_log -g 
Returns the last call in the call log from
the given device.
call_log -d  
Deletes the call with index  from
the given device in the call log.
Table D-3: “call_log” Commands
Response Example:
The following example shows a part of a response to the command “call -p”:
H+> call -p
Current Time is: 1093609507
Entry time: 1081251724, number: 004539558227 Device: 68
: 1081251553, number: 004539558227 Device: 68
: 1081251698, number: 004539558227 Device: 68
Entry time: 1081251586, number: 004539558227 Device: 67
Entry time: 1081251551, number: 004539558681 Device: 67
Entry time: 1080547957, number: 004540921481 Device: 58
Entry time: 1080547909, number: 004539558227 Device: 55
: 1080547873, number: 004539558227 Device: 55
TT98-113625-D
Chapter D: Using Commands
D-5
Commands for Troubleshooting
Flight Test (“flight” command)
To trace flight data, use the flight command. The flight test data comprises
position data, signal strength and EIRP.
The following options are available with the flight command:
Command to Type in
(Followed by )
Result/Explanation
flight -c
Source Exif Data: 
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.5
Linearized                      : No
Encryption                      : Standard V2.3 (128-bit)
User Access                     : Print, Copy, Extract, Print high-res
Page Count                      : 274
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
XMP Toolkit                     : XMP toolkit 2.9.1-14, framework 1.6
About                           : uuid:fbf23287-266a-46c3-b2e9-607d885a715b
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 6.0.1 (Windows)
Create Date                     : 2004:09:03 09:15:35Z
Creator Tool                    : FrameMaker 7.1
Modify Date                     : 2004:09:06 09:03:12+02:00
Metadata Date                   : 2004:09:06 09:03:12+02:00
Document ID                     : uuid:93300bae-f1db-49fe-8d46-3b33aaf69dce
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : 98-113625-d.book
Creator                         : CC
Author                          : CC
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools
FCC ID Filing: ROJAERO-HSU

Navigation menu